Annual Report (10-k)


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
[X]
 Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
[ ]
 Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission File Number 000-24503

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
  Washington
  91-1725825
 
 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
 
 
 
 
 
 
450 SW Bayshore Drive
Oak Harbor, Washington 98277
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(360) 679-3121
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the the Act: Common Stock, No Par Value
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [ ]   No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [ ]   No [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]   No [   ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes [X]    No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (17 C.F.R. 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy of information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. [ ]




Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [   ]
Accelerated filer [X]    
 Non-Accelerated filer [   ]       
Smaller reporting company [   ]
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Yes [   ]  No [ X ]

The aggregate, market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of registrant at June 30, 2013 was approximately $216,517,000  based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ on June 28, 2013 of $14.20.

The number of shares of the issuer’s Common Stock outstanding at March 7, 2014 was 15,587,041




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART I
 
 
Page
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
Item 15.





Table of Contents

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements : This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements describe Washington Banking Company’s (the “Company”) management’s expectations regarding future events and developments such as the proposed strategic merger with Heritage, future operating results, growth in loans and deposits, the FDIC indemnification asset and covered loans, credit quality and adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, and continued success of the Company’s business plan.  Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s views only as of the date hereof. The words “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “should,” “anticipate” and words of similar meaning are intended in part to help identify forward-looking statements.  Future events are difficult to predict, and the expectations described below are necessarily subject to risk and uncertainty that may cause actual results to differ materially.  In addition to discussions about risks and uncertainties set forth from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated in such forward-looking statements include, among others: (1) local and national economic conditions; (2) changes in interest rates and their impact on net interest margin; (3) competition among financial institutions; (4) legislation or regulatory requirements; (5) the ability to realize efficiencies expected from investment in personnel and infrastructure; (6) the possibility that the proposed merger with Heritage does not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, shareholder or other approvals and other conditions to closing are not received or satisfied; (7) the effect on the trading price of our stock if the proposed merger with Heritage is not completed;  (8) benefits from the proposed merger with Heritage may not be fully realized or may take longer to realize than expected; (9) the integration of the Company’s and Heritage’s business may take longer to accomplish than expected; (10) the anticipated growth opportunities and cost savings from the proposed merger with Heritage may not be fully realized by the combined company or may take longer to realize than expected; (11) operating costs, customer and employee losses and business disruption related to the proposed merger may be greater than expected; and (12) management time and effort will be diverted to completion of the proposed merger and merger-related matters. However, the reader should be aware that these factors are not an exhaustive list, and it should not be assumed that these are the only factors that may cause actual results to differ from expectations.  In addition, the reader should note that the Company does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements or the uncertainties that may adversely impact those statements.


PART I

Item 1. Business
 
General
 
Washington Banking Company (the “Company”) was formed on April 30, 1996 and is a registered bank holding company whose primary business is conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Whidbey Island Bank (the “Bank”). The business of the Bank, which is focused in the northern area of Western Washington, consists primarily of attracting deposits from the general public and originating loans.

Whidbey Island Bank is a Washington state-chartered bank that conducts a full-service, community, commercial banking business.  The Bank also offers nondeposit managed investment products and services, which are not Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured. These programs are provided through unrelated investment advisory company, Elliott Cove Capital Management LLC.

Washington Banking Master Trust (the “Master Trust”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Master Trust was formed in April 2007 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to acquire junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company.  Those debentures are the sole assets of the Master Trust and payments on the debentures are the sole revenues of the Master Trust. See Note (13) Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures to the consolidated financial statements for further details.
 
Rural One, LLC (“Rural One”) is a majority-owned subsidiary of the Bank and is certified as a Community Development Entity by the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the United Stated Department of Treasury. Rural One was formed in September 2006, for the exclusive purpose of an investment in federal tax credits related to the New Markets Tax Credit program.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had total assets of $1.7 billion, total deposits of $1.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $179.9 million.  A more thorough discussion of the Company’s financial performance appears in Item 7- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.


1


Table of Contents

The Company’s website address is www.wibank.com. Reports filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of the 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge from the Company’s website.  The reports can also be obtained through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) EDGAR database at http://www.sec.gov . The contents of the Company’s Internet website are not incorporated into this report or into any other communication delivered to security holders or furnished to the SEC.

Proposed Merger

On October 23, 2013, the Company and Heritage Financial Corporation jointly announced the signing of a definitive agreement under which the Company and Heritage will enter into a strategic merger to create one of the premier community banking franchises in Western Washington and the Pacific Northwest. Under the merger agreement, Washington Banking will merge with and into Heritage, with Heritage as the surviving corporation.

Growth Strategy

The Company’s strategy is one of value-added growth.  Management believes that qualitative and sustainable growth of the Company, coupled with maintaining profitability, will provide good value to shareholders.  Prior to 2010, the Company’s growth had been primarily achieved organically.  The Company attributes its reputation for focusing on customer service and satisfaction as one of the cornerstones to the Company’s success.  The Company’s primary objectives are to improve profitability and operating efficiencies, increase market penetration in areas currently served and to continue an expansion strategy in appropriate market areas.

The Company’s geographical expansion to date has primarily been concentrated along the I-5 corridor from Snohomish to Whatcom Counties; however, additional areas will be considered if they meet the Company’s criteria.  Acquisition of banks or branches may also be used as a means of expansion if appropriate opportunities are presented.  The primary factors considered in determining the areas of geographic expansion are the availability of knowledgeable personnel, such as managers and lending officers with experience in their fields of expertise, longstanding community presence and extensive banking relationships, customer demand and perceived market potential.  On April 16, 2010 and September 24, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of City Bank and North County Bank, respectively, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in FDIC-assisted transactions.  The acquisition of City Bank resulted in expansion into King County.  In December 2012, the Bank opened its 31 st branch in Woodinville, located in the northeast quadrant of King County.

Management believes that adding customers to current branches and expanding into appropriate market places while managing up-front costs is an excellent way to build franchise value and increase business.  The Company’s strategy is to support its employees in providing a high level of personal service to its customers while expanding the loan, deposit and investment products and other services that the Company offers.  Maintenance of asset quality will be emphasized by controlling nonperforming assets and adhering to prudent underwriting standards.  In addition, management will maintain its focus on improving operating efficiencies and internal operating systems to further manage noninterest expense.

Growth requires expenditures of substantial sums to purchase or lease real property and equipment and to hire experienced personnel.  New branch offices are often not profitable for a period of time after opening and management expects that earnings may be negatively affected in the short term.

Market Areas

The Company’s principal subsidiary, Whidbey Island Bank, provides services through 31 bank branches in 6 counties located in northwestern Washington. The Company’s primary market area currently consists of Island, King, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish and Whatcom counties.  Although the Pacific Northwest is typically associated with industries such as computer technology, aerospace and coffee, the Company’s market encompasses distinct economies that are somewhat removed from the Seattle metropolitan region.

Island County’s largest population center, Oak Harbor, is dominated by a large military presence with naval operations at NAS Whidbey Island.  The jobs generated by NAS Whidbey contribute significantly to the county’s economy.  Other primary industries providing employment for county residents are: education; health and social services; retail trade; and, manufacturing.  Due to its natural beauty, the county attracts tourism and has a number of retirement communities.


2


Table of Contents

King County is the most populous county in Washington and is the largest business center in both the state of Washington and Pacific Northwest.  The county is home to some of the world’s most successful businesses including Amazon, Boeing, Costco, Microsoft and Starbucks.  King County is a leading global center for several emerging industries, including aerospace, biotechnology, clean technology, information technology and international trade and logistics.

The economy of San Juan County is predominantly comprised of retail trade, tourism, finance and insurance and real estate services.  The county is known for its beautiful locale, which attracts many visitors, and serves as a second home to an affluent sector of the population.
The economy of Skagit County is primarily comprised of agriculture, fishing, wood products, tourism, international trade and specialized manufacturing.  With its accessible ports and refineries, Skagit County is the center of the state’s petroleum industry.

Snohomish County industrial sectors include aerospace, biotechnology, and electronics, as well as a military naval base and large retail influences.

Whatcom County, which borders Canada, has an economy with a prominent manufacturing base, as well as a significant academic-research and vocational-technical base, as it is the home of Western Washington University, one of Washington’s largest four-year academic centers.  The United States Customs and Border Patrol and municipal, county and state governments give Whatcom County an additional employment base.

The Company operates in a highly competitive banking environment, competing for deposits, loans and other financial services with a number of larger and well-established commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and other institutions, including nonbanking financial services companies.

Some of the Bank’s competitors are not subject to the same regulations as the Bank and may have lower operating costs.  Larger institutions have substantially higher lending limits, and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide.  Federal law allows mergers or other combinations, relocations of a bank’s main office and branching across state lines.  Recent amendments to the federal banking laws to eliminate certain barriers between banking and commercial firms are expected to result in even greater competition in the future.  Although the Company has been able to compete effectively in its market areas to date, there can be no assurance that the Company's competitive efforts will continue to be successful.

Employees

The Company had 464 full time equivalent employees at December 31, 2013.  None of the Company’s employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a collective bargaining group.  Management considers its relations with employees to be good.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHC Act”) registered with and subject to examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”).  The Bank is a Washington state-chartered commercial bank and is subject to examination, supervision and regulation by the Washington State Department of Financial Institutions–Division of Banks (“Division”).  The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposits and in that capacity also regulates the Bank.

The following discussion provides an overview of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank. Laws and regulations governing the Company and the Bank are primarily designed to protect depositors, consumers, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system, rather than shareholders. To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified by reference to those provisions.

The Company’s earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by actions of the FRB, the Division, the FDIC and other regulators, by local legislative and administrative bodies, and by decisions of federal and Washington State courts. These include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, and numerous federal and state consumer protection laws imposing requirements on the making, enforcement, and collection of consumer loans, and restrictions by regulators on the sale of mutual funds and other uninsured investment products to customers.  Additional legislation may be enacted or regulations imposed to further regulate banking and financial services or to limit finance charges or other fees or charges earned in such activities.  We anticipate significant additional regulation and increased compliance costs in the current environment.


3


Table of Contents

Bank Holding Company Regulation.   As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB. In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to owning or controlling banks and engaging in other activities closely related to banking. The Company must file reports with and provide the Federal Reserve such additional information as it may require.

Congress enacted major federal financial institution reform legislation in 1999, allowing bank holding companies to elect to become financial holding companies.  In addition to activities previously permitted bank holding companies, financial holding companies may engage in nonbanking activities that are financial in nature, such as securities, insurance and merchant banking activities, subject to certain limitations.

The activities of bank holding companies, such as the Company, that are not financial holding companies, are generally limited to managing or controlling banks.  A bank holding company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company.  Nonbank acquisitions by bank holding companies such as the Company are generally limited to 5% of voting shares of a company and activities previously determined by the FRB by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking or managing or controlling banks.

Transactions with Affiliates. There are various legal restrictions on transactions between the Company and any nonbank subsidiaries, and between the Company and the Bank.  With certain exceptions, federal law also imposes limitations on, and requires collateral for, extensions of credit by insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, to their nonbank affiliates, such as the Company.  These regulations limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its liquidity needs.

Tying Arrangements . The Company is prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example, with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either (i) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by us; or (ii) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.

Support of the Bank . Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. The Company is required to commit, as necessary, resources to support the operations of the Bank. Any loans a bank holding company makes to its subsidiary banks are subordinate to deposits and other indebtedness of those subsidiary banks.

State Law Restrictions.   As a Washington corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under Washington corporate law, including those related to indemnification of directors, distributions to shareholders, transactions involving directors, officers or interested shareholders, maintenance of books, records, and minutes, and observance of corporate formalities.

Consumer Privacy .  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”) included the most extensive consumer privacy provisions ever enacted by Congress.  These provisions, among other things, require full disclosure of the Company’s privacy policy to consumers and mandate offering the consumer the ability to “opt out” of having non-public personal information disclosed to third parties.  Pursuant to these provisions, the federal banking regulators have adopted privacy regulations.  In addition, the states are permitted to adopt more extensive privacy protections through legislation or regulation.

Interstate Banking and Branching. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Act”) permits nationwide interstate banking and branching under certain circumstances.  Subject to certain limitations and restrictions, a bank holding company, with prior approval of the FRB, may acquire an out-of-state bank.  Banks in states that do not prohibit out-of-state mergers may merge with the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency.  The Dodd-Frank Act removed Interstate Act restrictions on de novo branching across state lines and banks can now open a new branch or purchase a branch in another state to the same extent that a bank chartered in such state may do.

Federal and State Bank Regulation.  Among other things, applicable federal and state statutes and regulations which govern a bank’s activities relate to minimum capital requirements, required reserves against deposits, investments, loans, legal lending limits, mergers and consolidations, borrowings, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches and other aspects of its operations.  The Division and the FDIC also have authority to prohibit banks under their supervision from engaging in what they consider to be unsafe and unsound practices.

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with the FDIC and the Division and is subject to periodic examinations and evaluations by those regulatory authorities.  The FDIC and the Division may each accept the results of an examination by the other in lieu of conducting an independent examination.

4


Table of Contents

In the liquidation or other resolution of a failed insured depository institution, deposits in offices and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation are afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims, including nondeposit claims, and claims of a parent company such as the Company.  Such priority creditors would include the FDIC, which succeeds to the position of insured depositors.

Insider Credit Transactions . Banks are subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interests of such persons. “Insider” transactions must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are at least as stringent as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not covered above and who are not employees.  In addition, such transactions must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to insiders. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties, the imposition of a cease and desist order, and other regulatory sanctions.

Management . Federal law sets forth circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s federal supervisory agency and prohibits management personnel of a bank from serving as a director or in other management positions of another financial institution whose assets exceed a specified amount or which has an office within a specified geographic area.

Additional Safety and Soundness Standards . Federal law imposes certain non-capital safety and soundness standards upon banks. These standards cover internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards must develop a plan acceptable to its regulators, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.

Federal Deposit Insurance.   Substantially all deposits with the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings. The base assessment rates under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (“Reform Act”), enacted in February 2006, ranged from $0.02 to $0.40 per $100 of deposits annually.

In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC will maintain the current schedule of assessment rates. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, increase or decrease assessment rates.

In 2006, the Reform Act increased the deposit insurance limit for certain retirement plan deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. The basic insurance limit for other deposits, including individuals, joint account holders, businesses, government entities, and trusts, remained at $100,000. The Reform Act also provided for the merger of the two deposit insurance funds administered by the FDIC, the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”), into the DIF. On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. The basic deposit insurance limit would have returned to $100,000 after December 31, 2009. On May 20, 2009, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act extended the temporary increase in the standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013. The standard maximum deposit insurance amount would return to $100,000 on January 1, 2014. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raises the current standard maximum federal deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000 per qualified account.

In November 2008, the FDIC approved the final rule establishing the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”) as part of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), which included provisions that all noninterest bearing transaction accounts became fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account. This unlimited coverage also extended to NOW accounts (interest bearing deposit accounts) earning an interest rate no greater than 0.50% (subsequently reduced to 0.25%) and all IOLTAs (lawyers’ trust accounts). The TAGP expired as of December 31, 2012 and the FDIC no longer provides separate, unlimited deposit insurance under that program.


5


Table of Contents

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines that the institution has engaged in or is engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition or has violated any applicable law, regulation or order or any condition imposed in writing by, or pursuant to, any written agreement with the FDIC.

Community Reinvestment Act.   The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their jurisdiction, regulators must evaluate the records of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks.  These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.

Capital Adequacy.   The Company and the Bank are subject to risk-based capital and leverage guidelines issued by federal banking agencies for banks and bank holding companies.  These agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. As of December 31, 2013, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum capital standards. Broad regulatory authority is given to the FDIC if capital levels drop below minimum standards including restrictions on growth, acquisition, branching and new lines of business as well as interest rate restrictions on deposit gathering activities.

Dividends.   The Bank is subject to restrictions on the payment of cash dividends to the Company.  The principal source of the Company’s cash flow is dividends received from the Bank.  Regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends which would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  In addition, a bank may not pay cash dividends if that payment could reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet the “adequately capitalized” level in accordance with regulatory capital requirements.  Also, the payment of cash dividends by the Bank must satisfy a net profits test and an undivided profits test or the Bank must obtain prior approval of its regulators before such dividend is paid.  The net profits test limits the dividend declared in any calendar year to the net profits of the current year plus retained net income of the preceding two years.  The undivided profits test limits the dividends declared to the undivided profits on hand after deducting bad debts in excess of the allowance for loan and lease losses.  Washington law also provides that no cash dividend may be paid if, after giving effect to the dividend, (1) a corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or (2) a corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities.

The Company is limited in its ability to pay dividends to its shareholders.  FRB policy states that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization's expected future needs and financial condition.  The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Various federal and state statutory provisions also limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding companies without regulatory approval. Additionally, depending upon the circumstances, the FDIC or the Division could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

Federal Securities Laws; Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and NASDAQ Listing Standards.   The Company is also subject to the periodic reporting, information disclosure, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as well as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and regulation of the relationship between a Board of Directors and management and between a Board of Directors and its committees.
 
Key components of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act include:
 
A prohibition on personal loans by the Company to its directors and executive officers except loans made by the Bank in accordance with federal banking regulations;
Independence requirements for Board audit committee members and the Company’s auditors;
Certification of Exchange Act reports by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer;
Disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;
Expedited reporting of stock transactions by insiders; and,
Increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.


6


Table of Contents

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires:
 
Management to establish, maintain and evaluate disclosure controls and procedures;
Management to report on its annual assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting; and,
The Company’s external auditor to attest to the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

The SEC has adopted regulations to implement various provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including disclosures in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act. Also, in response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NASDAQ adopted new corporate governance standards for listed companies.  The Company must comply with NASDAQ listing standards, which primarily relate to corporate governance matters, to remain a listed company.
 
USA Patriot Act of 2001 .  Under the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”), adopted by the U.S. Congress on October 26, 2001 to combat terrorism, FDIC-insured banks and commercial banks are required to increase their due diligence efforts for correspondent accounts and private banking customers. The Patriot Act requires the Bank to engage in additional record keeping or reporting, requiring identification of owners of accounts, or of the customers of foreign banks with accounts, and restricting or prohibiting certain correspondent accounts.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).   As a result of the recent financial crises, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and is  expected to continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes and changes to corporate governance matters affecting public companies. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act:
 
centralizes responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, a new agency responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws;
applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to bank holding companies;
excludes the proceeds of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital except for trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies, like the Company, with less than $15 billion in assets at December 31, 2009;
changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital;
requires the SEC to complete studies and develop rules or approve stock exchange rules regarding various investor protection issues, including shareholder access to the proxy process, and various matters pertaining to executive compensation and compensation committee oversight;
makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provided unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012, for noninterest bearing transaction accounts;
removes prior restrictions on interstate de novo branching;
repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;
gives the FDIC authority to unwind large failing financial firms;
extended the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee (TAG) program to December 31, 2012;
authorizes banks to pay interest on business checking accounts, which is likely to significantly increase our interest expense;
adopts various mortgage lending and predatory lending provisions;
requires federal regulators jointly to prescribe regulations mandating that financial institutions with more than $1 billion in assets to disclose to their regulators their incentive compensation plans to permit the regulators to determine whether the plans provide executive officers, employees, directors or principal shareholders with excessive compensation, fees or benefits; or could lead to material financial loss to the institution;  and
imposes a number of requirements related to executive compensation that apply to all public companies, such as prohibition of broker discretionary voting in connection with a shareholder vote on executive compensation; mandatory shareholder “say on pay” (every one to three years) and “say on golden parachutes”; and clawback of incentive compensation from current or former executive officers following any accounting restatement.

The Company anticipates that the Dodd-Frank Act, directly and indirectly, will impact the business of the Company and the Bank and increase compliance costs.


7


Table of Contents

New Capital Rules .   In connection with the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act , in June 2012, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency approved proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank. On July 2, 2013, federal banking regulators approved final rules that revise the regulatory capital rules to incorporate certain revisions by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision to the Basel capital framework ("Basel III").

The new rules include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be phased in beginning in January 2016, and refine the definitions of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the proposals will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The new rules will also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above each of the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, which will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.
 
The new rules also implement other revisions to the current capital rules, such as recognition of all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities, and provide that instruments that will no longer qualify as capital would be phased out over time.
 
The federal bank regulatory agencies also proposed revisions to the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions, including the Bank, if their capital levels begin to show signs of weakness. These revisions would take effect January 1, 2015. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following increased capital level requirements in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (i) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (iii) a Total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged from the current rules).

The proposed rules set forth certain changes for the calculation of risk-weighted assets and utilize an increased number of credit risk and other exposure categories and risk weights. In addition, the proposed rules also address: (i) a proposed alternative standard of creditworthiness consistent with Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act; (ii) revisions to recognition of credit risk mitigation; (iii) rules for risk weighting of equity exposures and past due loans; and (iv) revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions.
 
In particular, the proposed rules would expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures. Higher risk weights would apply to a variety of exposure categories.

Overdrafts. On November 17, 2009, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System promulgated the Electronic Fund Transfer rule with an effective date of January 19, 2010 and a mandatory compliance date of July 1, 2010. The rule, which applies to all FDIC-regulated institutions, prohibits financial institutions from assessing an overdraft fee for paying automated teller machine (ATM) and one-time point-of-sale debit card transactions, unless the customer affirmatively opts in to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. The opt-in provision establishes requirements for clear disclosure of fees and terms of overdraft services for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. This rule has had an adverse impact on our noninterest income.

Effects of Governmental Monetary Policies
 
Profitability in banking depends on interest rate differentials.  In general, the difference between the interest earned on a bank’s loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest paid on a bank’s deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities is the major source of a bank’s earnings.  Thus, the earnings and growth of the Company are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the FRB.  The FRB implements national monetary policy for such purposes as controlling inflation and stimulating economic activity by its open market operations in United States government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to borrowing from the FRB, and the establishment of reserve requirements against certain deposits.  The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  The nature and impact of future changes in monetary policies and their impact on the Company are not predictable.


8


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Historical performance may not be indicative of future performance and, as noted elsewhere in this report, the Company has included forward-looking statements about its business, plans and prospects that are subject to change. Forward-looking statements are particularly located in, but not limited to, the sections Item 1- Business and Item 7- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. In addition to the other risks or uncertainties contained in this report, the following risks may affect operating results, financial condition and cash flows. If any of these risks occur, either alone or in combination with other factors, the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected. Moreover, readers should note this is not an exhaustive list; some risks are unknown or not quantifiable, and other risks that are currently perceived as immaterial may ultimately prove more significant than expected.  Statements about plans, predictions or expectations should not be construed to be assurances of performance or promises to take a given course of action.

Additional deterioration in the real estate market would lead to additional losses, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations .

Approximately 82% of the Company’s non-covered loan portfolio is secured by real estate, the majority of which is commercial real estate. As a result of increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declining real estate values, the Company has experienced higher levels of net charge-offs and allowances for loan losses. Continued increases in commercial and consumer delinquency levels or continued declines in real estate market values would result in additional net charge-offs and provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects.

Future loan losses may exceed the allowance for loan losses.

The Company has established a reserve for possible losses expected in connection with loans in the credit portfolio.  This allowance reflects estimates of the collectability of certain identified loans, as well as an overall risk assessment of total loans outstanding.  The determination of the amount of loan loss allowance is subjective; although the method for determining the amount of the allowance uses criteria such as risk ratings and historical loss rates, these factors may not be adequate predictors of future loan performance. Accordingly, the Company cannot offer assurances that these estimates ultimately will prove correct or that the loan loss allowance will be sufficient to protect against losses that ultimately may occur. If the loan loss allowance proves to be inadequate, it may require unexpected charges to income, which would adversely impact results of operations and financial condition.  Moreover, bank regulators frequently monitor banks' loan loss allowances, and if regulators were to determine that the allowance was inadequate, they may require the Company to increase the allowance, which also would adversely impact results of operations and financial condition.

Nonperforming loans take significant time and expense to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The Company expects to incur losses related to elevated levels of nonperforming loans.  The Company does not record interest income on nonaccrual loans, which adversely affects its income.  Loan administration costs increase as the Company attempts to resolve nonperforming loans and as it receives collateral through foreclosures or other proceedings.  Increases in levels of nonperforming loans may impact the capital levels the FDIC expects the Bank to maintain.

Defaults may negatively impact the Company.

Credit risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if a significant number of borrowers, guarantors and related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans.  The Company has adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for credit losses, which management believes are appropriate to minimize risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying the credit portfolio.  These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially affect results of operations.


9


Table of Contents

The Company’s operations are geographically concentrated in Northwest Washington State and therefore are affected by local economic conditions.

Substantially all of the Company’s business is derived from a five-county area in northwest Washington State.  Employment opportunities within these communities have traditionally been primarily in the areas of military spending, oil and gas industries, tourism and manufacturing. While the Company’s expansion strategy has been built around these growing and diverse geographic markets, the Company’s business is, and will remain, sensitive to economic factors that relate to these industries and to local and regional business conditions.  As a result, local or regional economic downturns, or downturns that disproportionately affect one or more of the key industries in the Company’s markets, may have a more pronounced effect upon the Company’s business than they might on an institution that is more broadly diverse in geographic concentration.  The extent of the future impact of these events on economic and business conditions cannot be predicted; however, prolonged or acute fluctuations could have a material and adverse impact upon the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.  There has been high unemployment and a decline in housing prices in the communities the Bank serves.  If regional economic conditions do not improve, or worsen, the Company expects increased loan delinquencies and defaults, higher level of nonperforming assets and lower demand for its services.

A rapid change in interest rates could reduce the Company’s net interest margin, net interest income and fee income.

The Company’s earnings are impacted by changing interest rates.  Changes in interest rates affect the demand for new loans, the credit profile of existing loans, the rates received on loans and securities, and rates paid on deposits and borrowings. The relationship between the rates received on loans and securities and the rates paid on deposits and borrowings is known as the net interest spread.  Based on the Company’s current volume and mix of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, net interest spread could be expected to increase during times when interest rates rise in a parallel shift along the yield curve and, conversely, to decline during times of similar falling interest rates.  Exposure to interest rate risk is managed by monitoring the re-pricing frequency of rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities over any given period.  Although management believes the current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable, significant fluctuations in interest rates could potentially have an adverse affect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tightening of credit markets and liquidity needs could result in higher funding costs, adversely affecting net income.

Liquidity measures the ability to meet loan demand and deposit withdrawals and to service liabilities as they come due.  Dramatic fluctuations in loan or deposit balances make it challenging to manage liquidity.  A sharp reduction in deposits could force the Company to borrow heavily in the wholesale deposit market.  In addition, rapid loan growth during periods of low liquidity could induce the Company to purchase federal funds from correspondent banks, borrow at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle or Federal Reserve discount window, raise deposit interest rates or reduce lending activity.  Wholesale deposits and federal funds or other sources for borrowings may not be available to us due to regulatory constraints, market upheaval or unfavorable terms.

Internal control systems could fail to detect certain events.

The Company is subject to many operating risks, including but not limited to data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If such an event is not prevented or detected by the Company’s internal controls, and it is uninsured or is in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s reputation in the business community and the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.


10


Table of Contents

The Company’s operations could be interrupted if third party service providers experience difficulty, terminate their services, or fail to comply with banking regulations.

The Company depends, and will continue to depend to a significant extent, on a number of relationships with third-party service providers.  Specifically, the Company utilizes software and hardware systems for processing, essential web hosting, debit and credit card processing, merchant processing, Internet banking systems, and other processing services from third-party service providers. These vendors provide services that support our operations, including the storage and processing of sensitive consumer and business customer data, as well as our sales efforts. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties or terminate their services, and the Company is unable to replace them with other qualified service providers, the Company’s operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.  A cyber security breach of a vendor’s system may result in theft of our data or disruption of business processes. A material breach of customer data security at a service provider’s site may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customers, result in increased expense to contain the event or require that the Company provide credit monitoring services for affected customers, result in regulatory fines and sanctions and result in litigation. In most cases, the Company will remain primarily liable to its customers for losses arising from a breach of a vendor’s data security system. The Company relies on its outsourced service providers to implement and maintain prudent cyber security controls. The Company has procedures in place to assess a vendor’s cyber security controls prior to establishing a contractual relationship and to periodically review assessments of those control systems.

The network and computer systems on which the Company depends could fail or experience a security breach.

The Company’s computer systems could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems.  Because the Company conducts part of its business over the Internet and outsources several critical functions to third parties, operations depend on the Company’s ability, and to a degree on the ability of third-party service providers, to protect computer systems and network infrastructure against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, mechanical failure, software errors, operator errors, physical break-ins, or similar catastrophic events. Any damage or failure that causes interruptions in operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.  The Company stores and processes sensitive consumer and business customer data as a routine part of its business. A cyber security breach may result in theft of data or disruption of our processing systems. Our inability to use or access information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timeliness of our operations. A material breach of customer data security may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customers, result in increased expense to contain the event or require that it provide credit monitoring services for affected customers, result in regulatory fines and sanctions and could result in class action litigation. Cyber security risk management programs are expensive to maintain and will not protect the Company from all risks associated with maintaining the security of customer data and the Company’s proprietary data from external and internal intrusions, disaster recovery and failures in the controls used by our vendors.

In addition, a significant barrier to online financial transactions is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. The Company’s Internet banking system relies on encryption and authentication technology to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of confidential information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, fraud perpetrated by a customer, employee, or third-party, or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms the Bank or our third-party service providers use to protect the confidentiality and integrity of data, including non-public customer information.  If any such compromise of security were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Company may not be able to replace key members of management or attract and retain qualified employees in the future.

The Company depends on the services of existing management to carry out its business strategies. As the Company expands, it will need to continue to attract and retain additional management and other qualified staff.  In particular, because the Company plans to continue to expand its locations and products and services, it will need to continue to attract and retain qualified banking personnel. Competition for such personnel is significant in the Company’s geographic market areas. The loss of the services of any management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial conditions, and prospects.


11


Table of Contents

The Company’s banking operations are subject to extensive government regulation that is expected to become more burdensome, increase its costs and make it less competitive compared to financial services firms that are not subject to the same regulation.

The Company is subject to government regulation that could limit or restrict its activities, which in turn could adversely impact operations.  The financial services industry is regulated extensively.  Federal and state banking regulation is designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers. These regulations can sometimes impose significant limitations on operations.  Moreover, federal and state banking laws and regulations undergo frequent, significant changes. Changes in laws and regulations may affect the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities (including insurance and securities activities), or the Company’s competitive position in relation to credit unions, savings associations and other financial institutions.  These changes could also reduce federal deposit insurance coverage, broaden the powers or geographic range of financial holding companies, alter the taxation of financial institutions, and change the structure and jurisdiction of various regulatory agencies. Federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, can significantly affect credit availability. Other federal legislation such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act can dramatically shift resources and costs to ensure adequate compliance.  The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, has increased our overall costs of compliance.  The Dodd-Frank Act and other recent legislative and regulatory initiatives contain provisions and requirements that could detrimentally affect the Company’s business by increasing capital requirements, subjecting us to more stringent consumer protection laws, increasing reporting obligations and costs, restricting income generating activities and requiring compliance with new corporate governance and executive compensation standards.  In addition, increased regulation restricts our ability to conduct business consistent with historical practices, including aspects such as compensation, interest rates, new and inconsistent consumer protection regulations and mortgage regulation, among others. Congress or state legislatures could also adopt laws reducing the amount that borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts, require lenders to extend or restructure certain loans or limit foreclosure and collection remedies.  The Company cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof.   If we receive less than satisfactory results on regulatory examinations, we could be restricted from making acquisitions, adding branches, developing new lines of business or otherwise continuing our growth strategy.

The financial services industry is highly competitive.

Competition may adversely affect the Company’s performance.  The financial services business is becoming increasingly competitive due to changes in regulation, technological advances, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers.  The Company faces competition both in attracting deposits and in originating loans.  Competition for loan’s principally through the pricing of interest rates and loan fees, and the efficiency and quality of services.  Increasing levels of competition in the banking and financial services industries may reduce market share or cause the prices charged for services to fall.  Results may differ in future periods depending upon the nature or level of competition.

The Company may be required to raise additional capital, which will depend on market conditions and the results  of which could have a dilutive effect on existing shareholders.

Our growth strategy may require additional capital.  Also, continued elevated levels of nonperforming assets or higher regulatory capital requirements could require us to sell shares of our common stock.  Shares of the Company’s common stock eligible for future sale, including those that may be issued in connection with the Company’s various stock option and equity compensation plans, in possible acquisitions, and any other offering of Company’s common stock for cash, could have a dilutive effect on the market for Company’s common stock and could adversely affect its market price. There are 35,000,000 shares of Company’s common stock authorized, of which 15,538,969 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2013.

At the time the Company needs to raise capital, market conditions may be adverse and it may run the risk of not being able to meet capital requirements set by regulators or necessary for growth.


12


Table of Contents

If the Company inaccurately determines the fair value of assets acquired, including the FDIC loss-sharing assets, its business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of acquired loans, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of secured loans. In FDIC-assisted acquisitions that include loss-sharing agreements, the Company may record a loss-sharing asset that it considers adequate to absorb the indemnified portion of future losses which may occur in the acquired loan portfolio. The FDIC loss-sharing asset is accounted for on the same basis as the related acquired loans and OREO and primarily represents the present value of the cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC under the loss-sharing agreements. If our assumptions are incorrect, significant earnings volatility can occur and the balance of the FDIC loss-sharing asset may at any time be insufficient to cover future loan losses, and credit loss provisions may be needed to respond to different economic conditions or adverse developments in the acquired loan portfolio. Any increase in future loan losses could have a negative effect on our operating results.

FDIC-assisted acquisition opportunities may not become available and increased competition may make it more difficult for us to successfully bid on failed bank transactions.

A part of our growth strategy is to pursue failing banks that the FDIC plans to place in receivership. The FDIC may not place banks that meet our strategic objectives into receivership. The number of troubled institutions has decreased significantly since we acquired the assets of City Bank and North County Bank in 2010 and we anticipate very limited opportunities to grow through such acquisitions. Failed bank transactions are attractive opportunities because of loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC and our ability to determine the non-deposit liabilities that the Company assumes. The bidding process for failing banks could become very competitive and the FDIC does not provide information about bids until after the failing bank has been closed. The Company  may not be able to match or beat the bids of other acquirers unless it bid aggressively by increasing the premium paid on assumed deposits or reducing the discount bid on assets purchased, which could make the acquisition less attractive to us.

If the goodwill the Company has recorded in connection with acquisitions becomes impaired, it could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Accounting standards require that the Company account for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company evaluates its goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment exists. Such evaluation is based on a variety of factors, including the quoted price of its common stock, market prices of common stock of other banking organizations, common stock trading multiples, discounted cash flows, and data from comparable acquisitions. There can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in impairment and ensuing write-down, which could be material, resulting in an adverse impact on our earnings and capital.

Our ability to receive dividends from our banking subsidiary could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends.

The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its banking subsidiary. In addition to capital raised at the holding company level, dividends from the Bank are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and principal and interest on its outstanding debt. Federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company. Limitations on its ability to receive dividends from its subsidiary could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and on its ability to pay dividends on common stock. Additionally, if the Bank’s earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to the Company while maintaining adequate capital levels, it may not be able to make dividend payments to its common shareholders or principal and interest payments on its outstanding debt.

Significant legal or regulatory actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities.

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and proceedings related to its operations.  In addition, the Company could become subject to supervisory or enforcement actions by regulators, or criminal proceedings by prosecutorial authorities.  In addition to defense costs, if the Company is subject to large monetary penalties or fines as a result of such claims or proceedings, it would suffer adverse financial consequences and reputational harm. The Company’s insurance coverage does not cover any civil money penalties or fines imposed by government authorities and may not cover all other claims that might be brought against it or continue to be available to it at a reasonable cost.


13


Table of Contents

Risks related to Proposed Merger

Combining the two companies may be more difficult, costly or time consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the merger may not be realized.

The Company and Heritage have operated and, until the completion of the proposed merger, will continue to operate, independently. The success of the proposed merger, including anticipated benefits and cost savings, will depend, in part, on the combined company’s ability to successfully combine and integrate the businesses of the two companies and their subsidiary banks in a manner that permits growth opportunities and does not materially disrupt existing customer relations. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of either company’s ongoing businesses and the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees. The loss of key employees could adversely affect our ability to successfully conduct our business, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results and the value of our common stock. If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the merger may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Integration efforts between the two companies will also divert management attention and resources. In addition, the actual cost savings of the proposed merger could be less than anticipated.

Termination of the merger agreement could negatively impact the Company.

The Company’s shareholders will be asked to approve the proposed merger with Heritage and if we fail to obtain two-thirds shareholder approval of the proposal, the merger agreement may be terminated. The merger is subject to satisfaction of additional customary closing conditions and if we cannot satisfy such conditions, the merger agreement may also be terminated. If the merger agreement is terminated, there may be various negative consequences to the Company. We may be adversely impacted by the failure to pursue other opportunities due to management’s focus on the proposed merger with Heritage. We have devoted significant internal resources to the proposed merger, which would be lost if the merger is not completed. Additionally, if the merger agreement is terminated, the market price of the Company’s common stock could decline to the extent that the current market prices reflect a market assumption that the merger will be completed. If the merger agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to pay to Heritage a termination fee of $7.9 million.

The Company and the Bank will be subject to uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the proposed merger with Heritage is pending.

We may have difficulty attracting, retaining and motivating key personnel until the proposed merger is complete, which could cause customers to seek to change their banking relationship with us. Some of our employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined company following the proposed merger with Heritage. If key employees depart because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the Company, our business could be harmed. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, we have agreed to operate our business in the ordinary course prior to closing of the proposed merger with Heritage.

If the proposed merger with Heritage is not completed, we will have incurred substantial expenses.

We have incurred and will continue to incur substantial expenses in connection with the negotiation and completion of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement with Heritage. If the proposed merger with Heritage is not completed, we would have to recognize these expenses without realizing any expected benefits of the proposed merger.

The merger agreement limits the Company’s ability to pursue acquisition proposals and requires us to pay a termination fee under limited circumstances.

The merger agreement prohibits the Company from soliciting, initiating, knowingly encouraging or knowingly facilitating certain third‑-party acquisition proposals. The merger agreement also provides that the Company must pay a $7.9 million termination fee in the event that the merger agreement is terminated under certain circumstances. These provisions might discourage a potential competing acquirer with an interest in acquiring all or a significant part of the company from considering or proposing such an acquisition.



14


Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

The Company has no unresolved staff comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 2. Properties

The headquarters of the Company are located at 450 Southwest Bayshore Drive in Oak Harbor, WA in a building that is owned by the Company on leased land.  The building also houses the Bank’s Oak Harbor branch.    At December 31, 2013, the Bank conducted business at 31 branch locations, 19 of which are owned by the Bank, including the main office in Coupeville, WA, and 12 are leased under various agreements. The Bank’s branches are located in northwest Washington State in the following counties: Island, King, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish and Whatcom. The Company owns two properties which are used for administrative purposes. The Company leases an additional administrative building.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company and its directors are named as defendants in two lawsuits pending in the Superior Court for the State of Washington in King County, Washington, which have been consolidated under the caption In Re Washington Banking Company Shareholder Litigation, Lead Case No. 13-2-38689-5 SEA. The consolidated litigation generally alleges that the Company’s directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company and its shareholders by agreeing to the proposed merger at an unfair price and without an adequate sales process, because they have interests in the merger different from shareholders and by agreeing to deal protection provisions in the merger agreement that are alleged to prevent bids by third parties. The consolidated litigation also alleges that the disclosures in connection with the merger are misleading in various respects. The consolidated litigation seeks, among other things, an order enjoining the defendants from consummating the proposed merger with Heritage Financial Corporation, as well as attorneys’ and experts’ fees and certain other damages. The Company and its directors believe the claims and allegations lack merit. The Company and its directors filed motions to dismiss the claims against them.

The Company and its subsidiaries are, from time to time, defendants in, and are threatened with, various legal proceedings arising from regular business activities. Management believes that its liability for damages, if any, arising from current claims or contingencies will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial conditions or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


15


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market System under the symbol “WBCO.”

The Company is aware that blocks of its stock are held in street name by brokerage firms. As a result, the number of shareholders of record does not include the actual number of beneficial owners of the Company’s stock.  As of March 7, 2014, the Company’s common stock was held of record by approximately 424 shareholders, a number which does not include beneficial owners who hold shares in “street name.”

The following are the high and low sales prices for the Company’s stock as reported by Nasdaq and the quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company to its shareholders on a per share basis during 2013 and 2012:
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividend
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividend
First quarter
 
$
14.25

 
$
13.49

 
$
0.150

 
$
14.48

 
$
11.74

 
$
0.120

Second quarter
 
14.25

 
12.52

 
0.150

 
14.47

 
12.85

 
0.140

Third quarter
 
15.65

 
13.55

 
0.090

 
15.03

 
13.19

 
0.090

Fourth quarter
 
18.24

 
13.84

 
0.145

 
14.55

 
13.00

 
0.150



16


Table of Contents

The Company’s dividend policy requires the Board of Directors to review the Company’s financial performance, capital adequacy, cash resources, regulatory restrictions, economic conditions and other factors, and if such review is favorable, the Board may declare and pay dividends. The ability of the Company to pay dividends will depend on the profitability of the Bank, the need to retain or increase capital, the dividend restrictions imposed upon the Bank by applicable banking law and dividend restrictions imposed upon the Company under applicable corporate and banking law regulation. Although the Company anticipates payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend, future dividends are subject to these limitations and to the discretion of the Board of Directors, and could be reduced or eliminated.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information about equity compensation plans that provide for the award of securities or the grant of options to purchase securities to employees and directors of the Company, its subsidiaries and its predecessors by merger that were in effect at December 31, 2013.

 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
 
(A)
 
(B)
 
(C)
Plan category
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (2)
 
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (A)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
 
 
 
 
 
   2005 stock incentive plan (1)
 
222,676

(3)  
$
4.92

 
361,219

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holder
 

 

 

Total
 
222,676

 
$
4.92

 
361,219


(1)  
The 2005 plan is currently the only stock award plan available for new grants.  
(2)  
Weighted average exercise price is based solely on securities with an exercise price.  
(3)  
Includes 95,367 outstanding stock options and 127,309 restricted stock units (each unit represents one share), which are subject to issuance upon vesting of the awards. Of the 127,309 RSU awards outstanding at 12/31/13, 57,631 are scheduled to vest during 2014.  

Sales of Unregistered Securities

The Company had no sales of unregistered securities during the fourth quarter of 2013.

Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company had no purchases of its equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2013.

17


Table of Contents

Five-Year Stock Performance Graph
 
The following chart, which is furnished not filed, compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative shareholder return on the Company’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2013, with (1) the Total Return for the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (which is a broad nationally recognized index of stock performance by companies traded on the NASDAQ Market System and the NASDAQ Small Cap Market) (2) the Total Return Index for SNL Bank NASDAQ (comprised of banks listed on the NASDAQ National Market System) and (3) Total Return for SNL Bank $1 Billion to $5 Billion Bank Index (comprised of publicly-traded banks located in the U.S. with total assets between $1 billion and $5 billion).
 
The graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008, in the Company’s common stock and the comparison groups and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends.

 
 
   Period Ending
Index
 
12/31/2008
 
12/31/2009
 
12/31/2010
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
 
12/31/2013
Washington Banking Company
 
$
100.00

 
$
140.15

 
$
162.59

 
$
14,347.00

 
$
170.11

 
$
229.70

NASDAQ Composite
 
100.00

 
145.36

 
171.74

 
170.38

 
200.63

 
281.22

SNL Bank NASDAQ
 
100.00

 
81.12

 
95.71

 
84.92

 
101.22

 
145.48

SNL Bank $1B-$5B
 
100.00

 
71.68

 
81.25

 
74.10

 
91.37

 
132.87

 
Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA © 2014
www.snl.com



18


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
 
Consolidated Five-Year Statements of Income and Selected Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth selected audited consolidated financial information and certain financial ratios for the Company. This information is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of the Company set forth in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and the management discussion set forth in Item 7- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
As of or for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Operating data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total interest income
 
$
75,359

 
$
89,710

 
$
89,707

 
$
75,949

 
$
54,392

Total interest expense
 
5,420

 
7,113

 
9,981

 
11,830

 
14,019

Net interest income
 
69,939

 
82,597

 
79,726

 
64,119

 
40,373

Provision for loan losses
 
14,615

 
9,744

 
10,050

 
13,486

 
10,200

Net interest income after provision
 
55,324

 
72,853

 
69,676

 
50,633

 
30,173

Service charges on deposits
 
3,401

 
3,560

 
3,818

 
3,346

 
3,426

Other noninterest income
 
18,944

 
4,686

 
5,394

 
30,185

 
4,235

Total noninterest income
 
22,345

 
8,246

 
9,212

 
33,531

 
7,661

Noninterest expense
 
56,301

 
56,399

 
55,825

 
46,797

 
28,734

Income before income taxes
 
21,368

 
24,700

 
23,063

 
37,367

 
9,100

Provision for income taxes
 
6,872

 
7,856

 
7,111

 
11,797

 
2,886

Net income before preferred dividends
 
14,496

 
16,844

 
15,952

 
25,570

 
6,214

Preferred dividends
 

 

 
1,084

 
1,659

 
1,600

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
14,868

 
$
23,911

 
$
4,614

Average number of shares outstanding, basic
 
15,495,000

 
15,422,000

 
15,329,000

 
15,307,000

 
10,011,000

Average number of shares outstanding, diluted
 
15,551,000

 
15,455,000

 
15,393,000

 
15,465,000

 
10,079,000

Per share data:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income per common share, basic
 
$
0.94

 
$
1.09

 
$
0.97

 
$
1.56

 
$
0.46

Net income per common share, diluted
 
0.93

 
1.09

 
0.97

 
1.55

 
0.46

Tangible book value per common share
 
11.22

 
11.41

 
10.67

 
9.76

 
8.79

Dividends per common share
 
0.54

 
0.50

 
0.20

 
0.14

 
0.18

Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total assets
 
$
1,683,988

 
$
1,687,677

 
$
1,670,682

 
$
1,704,939

 
$
1,045,871

Non-covered loans
 
888,686

 
853,134

 
812,830

 
834,293

 
813,852

Covered loans
 
151,955

 
217,339

 
269,081

 
366,153

 

Allowance for loan losses, non-covered loans
 
17,093

 
17,147

 
18,032

 
18,812

 
16,212

Allowance for loan losses, covered loans
 
14,622

 
3,252

 
870

 
1,336

 

Non-covered OREO
 
3,067

 
3,023

 
1,976

 
4,122

 
4,549

Covered OREO
 
5,980

 
13,460

 
26,622

 
29,766

 

Deposits
 
1,467,492

 
1,462,973

 
1,466,344

 
1,492,220

 
846,671

Other borrowed funds
 

 

 

 

 
10,000

Junior subordinated debentures
 
25,774

 
25,774

 
25,774

 
25,774

 
25,774

Preferred securities
 

 

 

 
25,334

 
24,995

Total shareholders' equity
 
179,930

 
182,624

 
170,820

 
182,098

 
159,521


 

19


Table of Contents

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
As of or for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Selected performance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
 
0.88
%
 
1.01
%
 
0.95
%
 
1.72
%
 
0.66
%
Return on average common equity
 
7.99
%
 
9.56
%
 
9.17
%
 
16.87
%
 
7.11
%
Net interest margin (fully tax-equivalent)
 
4.65
%
 
5.54
%
 
5.47
%
 
4.90
%
 
4.63
%
Net interest spread
 
4.56
%
 
5.45
%
 
5.39
%
 
4.76
%
 
4.28
%
Noninterest expense to average assets
 
3.41
%
 
3.37
%
 
3.32
%
 
3.16
%
 
3.05
%
Efficiency ratio (fully tax-equivalent)
 
60.43
%
 
61.31
%
 
62.06
%
 
47.48
%
 
59.01
%
Dividend payout ratio
 
57.25
%
 
45.81
%
 
20.63
%
 
8.64
%
 
37.23
%
Asset quality ratios:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Nonperforming non-covered loans to
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  period end non-covered loans
 
0.95
%
 
1.82
%
 
2.72
%
 
3.10
%
 
0.42
%
Allowance for loan losses, non-covered
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  loans to period end non-covered loans
 
1.92
%
 
2.01
%
 
2.22
%
 
2.25
%
 
1.99
%
Allowance for loan losses, covered loans
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  to period end covered loans
 
9.62
%
 
1.50
%
 
0.32
%
 
0.36
%
 

Allowance for loan losses, non-covered
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  loans to nonperforming non-covered loans
 
203.27
%
 
110.26
%
 
81.59
%
 
72.79
%
 
477.53
%
Nonperforming non-covered assets to
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  total assets
 
0.68
%
 
1.10
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.76
%
 
0.76
%
Net loan charge-offs to average non-covered
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  loans outstanding
 
0.22
%
 
0.97
%
 
1.37
%
 
1.15
%
 
0.76
%
Total risk-based capital
 
19.76
%
 
19.39
%
 
19.73
%
 
20.96
%
 
22.15
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
 
18.49
%
 
18.13
%
 
18.47
%
 
19.70
%
 
20.89
%
Leverage ratio
 
12.41
%
 
11.78
%
 
11.16
%
 
11.42
%
 
18.73
%
Average equity to average assets
 
11.01
%
 
10.54
%
 
9.64
%
 
11.26
%
 
11.86
%
Other data:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Number of banking offices
 
31

 
31

 
30

 
30

 
18

Number of full time equivalent employees
 
464

 
467

 
450

 
448

 
281


Summary of Quarterly Financial Information

See Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , Note (24) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) in the consolidated financial statements.



20


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Executive Overview

Significant items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows:

Net income available to common shareholders per diluted share was $0.93 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to $1.09 for the year ended December 31, 2012 .

Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 4.65% for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to 5.54% a year ago.

Non-covered loans, net of allowance for loan losses, totaled $871.6 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $836.0 million at December 31, 2012 .

Nonperforming non-covered assets to total assets improved to 0.68% at December 31, 2013 , compared to 1.10% at December 31, 2012 .

Continued progress in resolving acquired loans which declined to $137.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $214.1 million a year ago.

Total risk-based capital for the Company was 19.76% at December 31, 2013 , compared to 19.39% at December 31, 2012 .  The FDIC requires a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10% to be considered “well-capitalized.”

Tangible book value per common share totaled $11.22 at December 31, 2013 , compared to $11.41 at December 31, 2012 .


Summary of Critical Accounting Policies

Significant accounting policies are described in the consolidated financial statements in Note (1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . Several of these accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates.  Management believes that the following accounting policies could be considered critical under the SEC’s definition.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established to absorb known and inherent losses attributable to loans outstanding. The adequacy of the allowance is monitored on a regular basis and is based on management’s evaluation of numerous quantitative and qualitative factors. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, estimates of, and changes in, collateral values, changes in risk ratings on loans and other factors. Qualitative factors include the general economic environment in our markets and, in particular, the state of the real estate market and specific relevant industries. Other qualitative factors that are considered in our methodology include, size and complexity of individual loans in relation to the lending officer’s background and experience levels, loan structure, extent and nature of waivers of existing loan policies, and pace of loan portfolio growth.

As the Company adds new products, increases the complexity of the loan portfolio, and expands its geographic coverage, the Company intends to enhance and adapt its methodology to keep pace with the size and complexity of the loan portfolio. Changes in any of the above factors could have a significant effect on the calculation of the allowance for credit losses in any given period. The Company believes that its systematic methodology continues to be appropriate given our size and level of complexity.


21


Table of Contents

Covered Loans: Covered loans are aggregated into pools, based on individually evaluated common risk characteristics, and aggregate expected cash flows were estimated for each pool. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The Bank aggregated all of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of City Bank and North County Bank into 18 and 14 pools, respectively. A loan will be removed from a pool of loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, assets are received in satisfaction of the loan, or the loan is written off, and will be removed from the pool at the carrying value. If an individual loan is removed from a pool of loans due to a payoff, the difference between its carrying amount and the cash received will be recognized in income immediately and would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable difference on the remaining pool. Loans originally placed into a performing pool will not be reported individually as 30-89 days past due, non-performing (90+ days past due or nonaccrual) or accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring as the pool is the unit of accounting. Rather, these metrics related to the underlying loans within a performing pool will be considered in our ongoing assessment and estimates of future cash flows. If, at acquisition, the loans are collateral dependent and acquired primarily for the rewards of ownership of the underlying collateral, or if cash flows expected to be collected cannot be reasonably estimated, accrual of income is inappropriate. Such loans will be placed into nonperforming (nonaccrual) loan pools.

The cash flows expected to be received over the life of the pool were estimated by management with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist. These cash flows were input into an accounting loan system which calculates the carrying values of the pools and underlying loans, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on actual and projected events. Default rates, loss severity and prepayment speed assumptions will be periodically reassessed and updated within the accounting model to update the expectation of future cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the pool’s carrying value is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the estimated life of the loan or pool using the effective yield method. The accretable yield will change due to changes in the timing and amounts of expected cash flows. For the performing loan pools, a prepayment assumption as documented by the valuation specialist is initially applied. Changes in the accretable yield will be disclosed quarterly.

The excess of the contractual balances due over the cash flows expected to be collected is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents the estimate of the credit losses expected to occur and was considered in determining the fair value of the loans as of the acquisition date. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date in excess of fair value are adjusted through the accretable difference on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date are recognized by recording a provision for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures, result in the removal of the loan from the pool at its carrying amount.

FDIC Indemnification Asset: The Company has elected to account for amounts receivable under the loss share agreement as an indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss share agreement. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC will be accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset.
 
The FDIC indemnification asset is reviewed periodically and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of the covered portfolio. These adjustments are measured on the same basis as the related covered loans and covered other real estate owned. Any increases in cash flow of the covered assets over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the covered assets under those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income.
Fair Value: FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value. The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Pricing observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction.


22


Table of Contents

Results of Operations Overview

For year ended December 31, 2013, net income available to common shareholders totaled $14.5 million, or $0.93 per diluted common share, compared to net income available to common shareholders of $16.8 million, or $1.09 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $14.9 million, or $0.97 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2011.  

In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), this filing presents certain non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with information useful in understanding the Company's financial performance; however, readers of this report are urged to review these non-GAAP measures in conjunction with the GAAP results, as reported.

Operating earnings are not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP.  However, management believes that operating earnings are an important indication of the ability to generate earnings through the Company's fundamental banking business.  Since operating earnings exclude the effects of certain items that are unusual and/or difficult to predict, management believes that operating earnings provide useful supplemental information to both management and investors in evaluating the Company's financial results.

Operating earnings should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities or other income or cash flow statement data calculated in accordance with GAAP.  Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates operating earnings may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

The following table provides the reconciliation of the Company's GAAP earnings to operating earnings (non-GAAP) for the periods presented:
 
(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
GAAP earnings available to common shareholders
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
14,868

Provision for income tax
6,872

 
7,856

 
7,111

GAAP earnings available to common shareholders
 
 
 

 
 
  before provision for income tax
21,368

 
24,700

 
21,979

Adjustments to GAAP earnings available to common shareholders:
 

 
 

 
 
Merger related expenses
652

 

 
324

Accelerated accretion of remaining preferred stock discount

 

 
1,046

Operating earnings before tax
22,020

 
24,700

 
23,349

Provision for income tax
7,100

 
7,856

 
7,224

Net operating earnings
$
14,920

 
$
16,844

 
$
16,125

Diluted GAAP earnings per common share
$
0.93

 
$
1.09

 
0.97

Diluted operating earnings per common share
$
0.96

 
$
1.09

 
1.05


Fully tax-equivalent net interest income and fully tax-equivalent net interest margin are non-GAAP performance measurements that management believes provide investors with a more accurate picture of the Company's operational performance and are consistent with industry practice. The calculation for both measurements involves grossing up interest income on tax-exempt loans and investments by an amount that makes it comparable to taxable income.

Neither fully tax-equivalent net interest income nor fully tax-equivalent net interest margin should be considered in isolation nor as a substitute for net interest income or net interest margin or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates fully tax-equivalent net interest income and fully tax-equivalent net interest margin may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.


23


Table of Contents

The following table provides the reconciliation of the Company's net interest income (GAAP) to a fully tax-equivalent net interest income (non-GAAP) and net interest margin (GAAP) to a fully tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) for the periods presented:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
GAAP net interest income
$
69,939

 
$
82,597

 
$
79,726

Tax-equivalent adjustment
881

 
1,144

 
1,021

Tax-equivalent net interest income
$
70,820

 
$
83,741

 
$
80,747

Average interest earning assets
$
1,522,068

 
$
1,510,471

 
$
1,475,834

Net interest margin
4.59
%
 
5.47
%
 
5.40
%
Tax-equivalent net interest margin
4.65
%
 
5.54
%
 
5.47
%

Tangible common equity, tangible assets and tangible book value per common share are measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP.  However, management uses these non-GAAP measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are an important indication of the Company's ability to grow both organically and through business combinations, and with respect to tangible common equity, the Company's ability to pay dividends and to engage in various capital management strategies.

Neither tangible common equity, tangible assets nor tangible book value per common share should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for common shareholders' equity or book value per common share or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Company calculates tangible common equity, tangible assets and tangible book value per share may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

The following table provides the reconciliation of the Company's shareholders' equity (GAAP) to tangible common equity (non-GAAP) and total assets (GAAP) to tangible assets (non-GAAP) for the periods presented:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Total shareholders' equity
$
179,930

 
$
182,624

Adjustments to shareholders' equity
 

 
 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
(5,588
)
 
(6,027
)
Tangible common equity
$
174,342

 
$
176,597

Total assets
$
1,683,988

 
$
1,687,677

Adjustments to total assets
 

 
 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
(5,588
)
 
(6,027
)
Total tangible assets
$
1,678,400

 
$
1,681,650

Common shares outstanding at end of period
15,538,969

 
15,483,598

Tangible common equity ratio
10.39
%
 
10.50
%
Tangible book value per common share
$
11.22

 
$
11.41


Net Interest Income: One of the Company’s key sources of earnings is net interest income. To make it easier to compare results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some of which are taxable and others which are not), net interest income is presented in this discussion on a “taxable-equivalent basis” (i.e., as if it were all taxable at the same rate).  There are several factors that affect net interest income including:

The volume, pricing, mix and maturity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
The volume of free funds (consisting of noninterest-bearing deposits and other liabilities and shareholders’ equity);
The volume of noninterest-earning assets;
Market interest rate fluctuations; and
Asset quality.

24


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth various components of the balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
 
 
 
Average
 
earned/
 
Average
 
Average
 
earned/
 
Average
 
Average
 
earned/
 
Average
 
balance
 
paid
 
yield/rate
 
balance
 
paid
 
yield/rate
 
balance
 
paid
 
yield/rate
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered loans (1)(2)
$
864,049

 
$
44,234

 
5.12
%
 
$
831,179

 
$
47,061

 
5.66
%
 
$
831,997

 
$
50,313

 
6.05
%
Covered loans
176,611

 
23,710

 
13.43
%
 
242,552

 
36,418

 
15.01
%
 
307,836

 
34,819

 
11.31
%
Federal funds sold

 

 
%
 
8

 

 
%
 
519

 
1

 
0.20
%
Interest-bearing deposits
80,554

 
206

 
0.26
%
 
98,169

 
251

 
0.26
%
 
101,683

 
258

 
0.25
%
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
328,911

 
5,720

 
1.74
%
 
291,836

 
5,333

 
1.83
%
 
205,426

 
3,967

 
1.93
%
Non-taxable (2)
71,943

 
2,370

 
3.29
%
 
46,727

 
1,791

 
3.83
%
 
28,373

 
1,370

 
4.83
%
Interest-earning assets
1,522,068

 
76,240

 
5.01
%
 
1,510,471

 
90,854

 
6.02
%
 
1,475,834

 
90,728

 
6.15
%
Noninterest-earning assets
126,692

 
 

 
 

 
161,432

 
 

 
 

 
205,420

 
 

 
 

Total assets
$
1,648,760

 
 

 
 

 
$
1,671,903

 
 

 
 

 
$
1,681,254

 
 

 
 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

NOW accounts and MMA
$
647,965

 
$
1,052

 
0.16
%
 
$
611,477

 
$
1,352

 
0.22
%
 
$
581,189

 
$
2,394

 
0.41
%
Savings
119,518

 
60

 
0.05
%
 
105,085

 
105

 
0.10
%
 
96,892

 
199

 
0.21
%
Time deposits
403,478

 
3,830

 
0.95
%
 
497,812

 
5,124

 
1.03
%
 
606,771

 
6,899

 
1.14
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
1,170,961

 
4,942

 
0.42
%
 
1,214,374

 
6,581

 
0.54
%
 
1,284,852

 
9,492

 
0.74
%
Federal funds purchased
11

 

 
 
 
61

 

 
%
 
3

 

 
%
Junior subordinated debentures
25,774

 
478

 
1.85
%
 
25,774

 
532

 
2.06
%
 
25,774

 
489

 
1.90
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,196,746

 
5,420

 
0.45
%
 
1,240,209

 
7,113

 
0.57
%
 
1,310,629

 
9,981

 
0.76
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
257,314

 
 
 
 
 
243,522

 
 

 
 

 
202,297

 
 

 
 

Other liabilities
13,240

 
 
 
 
 
12,035

 
 

 
 

 
6,263

 
 

 
 

Total liabilities
1,467,300

 
 

 
 
 
1,495,766

 
 

 
 

 
1,519,189

 
 

 
 

Total shareholders' equity
181,460

 
 

 
 
 
176,137

 
 

 
 

 
162,065

 
 

 
 

Total liabilities and
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

shareholders' equity
$
1,648,760

 
 

 
 
 
$
1,671,903

 
 

 
 

 
$
1,681,254

 
 

 
 

Net interest income/spread
 

 
$
70,820

 
4.56
%
 
 

 
$
83,741

 
5.45
%
 
 

 
$
80,747

 
5.39
%
Credit for interest-bearing funds
 

 
 

 
0.09
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.09
%
 
 

 
 

 
0.08
%
Net interest margin (2)
 

 
 

 
4.65
%
 
 

 
 

 
5.54
%
 
 

 
 

 
5.47
%

(1) Average balance includes nonaccrual loans.
(2) Interest income on non-taxable investments and loans is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal statutory rate of 35%. These adjustments totaled $881 thousand, $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Taxable-equivalent is a non-GAAP performance measurement that management believes provides investors with a more accurate picture of the net interest margin and efficiency ratio for comparative purposes.

25


Table of Contents


The following table details the effects of changes in rates and volume on interest income and expense for the periods indicated:

(dollars in thousands)
2013 compared to 2012
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income and expense due to changes in (2)
 
Increase (decrease) in interest income and expense due to changes in (2)
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered loans (1)(3)
$
1,987

 
$
(4,814
)
 
$
(2,827
)
 
$
(48
)
 
$
(3,204
)
 
$
(3,252
)
Covered loans
(9,146
)
 
(3,562
)
 
(12,708
)
 
(2,940
)
 
4,539

 
1,599

Federal funds sold

 

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Interest-bearing deposits
(45
)
 

 
(45
)
 
(9
)
 
2

 
(7
)
Investments: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
625

 
(238
)
 
387

 
1,566

 
(200
)
 
1,366

Non-taxable
783

 
(204
)
 
579

 
618

 
(197
)
 
421

Interest-earning assets
$
(5,796
)
 
$
(8,818
)
 
$
(14,614
)
 
$
(814
)
 
$
940

 
$
126

Liabilities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

NOW accounts and money market
$
77

 
$
(377
)
 
$
(300
)
 
$
119

 
$
(1,161
)
 
$
(1,042
)
Savings
13

 
(58
)
 
(45
)
 
16

 
(110
)
 
(94
)
Time deposits
(917
)
 
(377
)
 
(1,294
)
 
(1,162
)
 
(613
)
 
(1,775
)
Total interest-bearing deposits
(827
)
 
(812
)
 
(1,639
)
 
(1,027
)
 
(1,884
)
 
(2,911
)
Junior subordinated debentures

 
(54
)
 
(54
)
 

 
43

 
43

Total interest-bearing liabilities
$
(827
)
 
$
(866
)
 
$
(1,693
)
 
$
(1,027
)
 
$
(1,841
)
 
$
(2,868
)

(1) Interest income on non-taxable investments and loans are presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis using the federal statutory rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011.
(2) The changes attributable to the combined effect of volume and interest rates have been allocated proportionately.
(3) Interest income previously accrued on nonaccrual loans is reversed in the period the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis totaled $70.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $83.7 million for the same period in 2012.  The $12.9 million year-over-year decrease was primarily related to decreases in volume and in the yield earned on covered loans and decreases in the yield earned on non-covered loans. Net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) on a taxable-equivalent basis was 4.65% for 2013, compared to 5.54% for 2012, a decrease of 89 basis points.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis totaled $83.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $80.7 million for the same period in 2011.  The $3.0 million year-over-year increase was primarily attributable to decreases in the average balance and the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits.  For the period, average interest-bearing deposits decreased $70.5 million and the average rate decreased 20 basis points.  For the period, interest earned on interest-earning assets remaining relatively flat. Net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) on a taxable-equivalent basis was 5.54% for 2012, an increase of 7 basis points as compared to 2011.

Due to the current low interest rate environment, together with the projected principal reduction in higher yielding covered loans, management expects the net interest margin will decline in future periods.

26


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses: The provision for loan losses is highly dependent on the Company’s ability to manage asset quality and control the level of net charge-offs through prudent underwriting standards. In addition, decline in general economic conditions could increase future provisions for loan losses and materially impact the Company’s net income. For further discussion of the Company’s asset quality see the Credit Risks and Asset Quality section found in Item 2- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company recorded a provision for non-covered loan losses of $1.9 million compared to $7.1 million and $10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $1.9 million, compared to $8.0 million and $11.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the allowance for non-covered loan losses, as a percent of total non-covered loans, was 1.92% and 2.01%, respectively.

The Company recorded a $12.7 million provision for covered loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to a provision for covered loan losses of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and a recovery for covered loan losses of $450 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the provision for covered loan losses was primarily attributable to the deterioration of cash flows associated with several covered loan pools acquired from City Bank, particularly those in the hospitality portfolio. This provision, however, was partially offset by a significantly greater change in the FDIC indemnification asset, included in noninterest income, as noted in the table on the next page.


27


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income:   Noninterest income remains a key focus of the Company. The Company has focused on diversifying the noninterest income mix through the sale of mortgage loans and the guaranteed portion of SBA loans and through the introduction of nondeposit investment products consisting primarily of annuity sales and investment service fees and income from the Company's Bank Owned Life Insurance policies. The following table presents the key components of noninterest income:

(dollars in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
Change
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2013 vs. 2012
 
2012 vs. 2011
Service charges and fees
$
3,401

 
$
3,560

 
$
3,818

 
$
(159
)
 
$
(258
)
Electronic banking income
4,101

 
3,666

 
3,197

 
435

 
469

Investment products
771

 
1,295

 
1,072

 
(524
)
 
223

Gain on sale of investment securities, net
556

 
931

 

 
(375
)
 
931

Bank owned life insurance income
132

 
191

 
311

 
(59
)
 
(120
)
Income from the sale of mortgage loans
3,267

 
3,848

 
1,197

 
(581
)
 
2,651

SBA premium income
894

 
602

 
444

 
292

 
158

Change in FDIC indemnification asset
5,735

 
(9,126
)
 
(9,232
)
 
14,861

 
106

Gain on disposition of covered assets
2,315

 
1,877

 
6,312

 
438

 
(4,435
)
Other
1,173

 
1,402

 
2,093

 
(229
)
 
(691
)
Total noninterest income
$
22,345

 
$
8,246

 
$
9,212

 
$
14,099

 
$
(966
)

The increases in electronic banking income for the periods presented were primarily attributable to increases in interchange fees on new deposit accounts and increases in ATM fee income. Additionally, the Company received a fee from Visa during 2013 for its exclusive branding of the Company's debit and credit cards.

The decrease in investment products income for 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a change in the mix of investment products sold. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold $24.5 million in annuities and $17.5 million in mutual funds, compared to $40.7 million in annuities and $1.5 million in mutual funds a year ago. Typically, the Company earns a one-time fee on annuities at the time of sale, compared to a lesser and recurring annual fee on mutual funds.

Gain on sale of investment securities, net represents the net gain recognized on the sale of available for sale investment securities.  Management reviews the investment securities portfolio regularly for opportunities to adjust the portfolio and may have additional sales in future periods.

The decrease in income from the sale of mortgage loans in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a decline in sales volume of loans held for sale due to a decline in mortgage activity. The increase in income from the sale of mortgage loans in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily attributable to the increase in sales volume of loans held for sale due to significant mortgage activity as a result of historically low interest rates.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale totaled $155.5 million, $211.8 million and $129.0 million, respectively.

SBA premium income is the income the Company recognizes when it sells the guaranteed portion of each SBA loan to investors in the secondary market. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company sold total guaranteed portions of SBA loans in the amounts of $7.8 million, compared to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The change in FDIC indemnification asset for the year ended December 31, 2013 represents the accretion of income on the FDIC indemnification asset, compared to the amortization of expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Based upon the collections made   on the indemnification asset and the subsequent quarterly revaluations of the estimated remaining cash flows of covered loans, accretion was required to increase the asset in order to match the projected cashflows over the remaining term of the asset. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company recorded a $12.7 million impairment charge related to the credit deterioration in the covered loan portfolio. Related to the impairment charge, the Company also recorded a $10.2 million write up of the indemnification asset and a $626 thousand reversal of a portion of the FDIC clawback liability.


28


Table of Contents

The gain on disposition of covered assets is the income the Company recognizes when a covered asset is paid off or sold and the proceeds exceed its carrying value.   The gain on disposition of covered assets is expected to continue to decline as the balance of covered assets decrease.  At December 31, 2013, covered assets totaled $143.3 million, compared to $227.5 million at December 31, 2012 and $294.8 million at December 31, 2011.

The decrease in other noninterest income in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily attributable to a $670 thousand gain generated from the sale of the merchant card processing portfolio to a new provider in the second quarter of 2011.

Noninterest Expense: The Company continues to focus on controlling noninterest expense and addressing long term operating expenses. The following table presents the key elements of noninterest expense:

(dollars in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
 
Change
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2013 vs. 2012
 
2012 vs. 2011
Salaries and benefits
$
30,909

 
$
29,944

 
$
27,496

 
$
965

 
$
2,448

Occupancy and equipment
7,287

 
6,883

 
6,553

 
404

 
330

Office supplies and printing
1,501

 
1,643

 
1,665

 
(142
)
 
(22
)
Data processing
2,185

 
2,134

 
1,916

 
51

 
218

Consulting and professional fees
849

 
904

 
1,152

 
(55
)
 
(248
)
Intangible amortization
439

 
512

 
622

 
(73
)
 
(110
)
Merger related expenses
652

 

 
324

 
652

 
(324
)
FDIC premiums
1,091

 
1,281

 
1,818

 
(190
)
 
(537
)
FDIC clawback liability adjustment
(88
)
 
1,680

 
1,576

 
(1,768
)
 
104

Non-covered OREO and repossession expenses, net
2,227

 
1,841

 
1,358

 
386

 
483

Covered OREO and repossession expenses, net
1,696

 
1,699

 
2,192

 
(3
)
 
(493
)
Other
7,553

 
7,878

 
9,153

 
(325
)
 
(1,275
)
Total noninterest expense
$
56,301

 
$
56,399

 
$
55,825

 
$
(98
)
 
$
574


The increase in salaries and benefits in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to an increase in salaries due to annual merit increases. The increase in salaries and benefits in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to increases in real estate loan commissions, employee health insurance expense and stock-based compensation expense.  Additionally, the Company paid year-end bonuses of $1.2 million and $1.1 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The Company did not pay any bonuses in 2011.  

The increases in occupancy and equipment were primarily attributable to additional depreciation expense on furniture and equipment and computer software and additional building lease expense.  

Merger related expenses incurred in 2013 relate to the proposed merger with Heritage Financial Corporation and consisted primarily of professional and consulting services. Merger related expenses incurred in 2011 relate to the City Bank and North County Bank acquisitions and consisted primarily of conversion expense, severance and professional and consulting services.

FDIC clawback liability expense represents the Bank’s provision for the estimated liabilities under the loss sharing arrangements entered into with the FDIC for the acquisitions of City Bank on April 16, 2010 and North County Bank on September 24, 2010.  Approximately ten years following the respective acquisition dates, the Bank is required to make a payment to the FDIC in the event that losses on covered assets under the loss share agreements have been less than the stated thresholds in the agreements.

Non-covered and covered OREO and repossession expense represents costs the Company incurs in reclaiming, repairing and selling real estate properties and automobiles, as well as any write-downs or losses on the sale of non-covered and covered OREO properties. The expense on covered OREO is expected to continue to decline as the balance of covered OREO decreases and credit quality and economic conditions improve. At December 31, 2013 , covered OREO totaled $6.0 million, down from $13.5 million at December 31, 2012 .


29


Table of Contents

The decrease in other noninterest expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily attributable to a decrease in advertising expense. The decrease in other noninterest expense in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily attributable to the decreases in advertising, sales development, telephone and Business and Occupation (B&O) tax.  During the first quarter of 2011, the Bank paid the B&O tax on the bargain purchase gain on acquisition recognized during the third quarter of 2010.  

Income Taxes: The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 , was 32.2%, compared to 31.8% and 30.8% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The annual effective tax rates are below the federal statutory rate of 35% principally due to nontaxable income generated from investments in bank owned life insurance, tax-exempt municipal bonds and loans. Additionally, the Company’s tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 reflect a benefit from the New Market Tax Credit Program. The tax benefits related to these credits were recognized in the same periods that the credits were recognized on the Company’s income tax returns and expired at the ended of 2012. Additional information on income taxes is provided in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note (14) Income Taxes of the consolidated financial statements.

Financial Condition Overview

Total assets at December 31, 2013 , were $1.68 billion, compared to $1.69 billion at December 31, 2012.  For the period, net covered loans decreased $76.8 million, investment securities increased $59.5 million and total non-covered loans, net of allowance for loan losses, increased $35.6 million.  Total shareholders’ equity was $179.9 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $182.6 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.7 million. The decrease in shareholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $14.5 million reduced by a $9.9 million other comprehensive loss related to the investment securities portfolio and $8.3 million in cash dividends paid on common stock during the year.

Investment Securities:   The composition of the Company's investment portfolio reflects management's investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of investment income. The investment securities portfolio provides a vehicle for the investment of available funds and a source of liquidity. At December 31, 2013 , total investment securities increased $59.5 million to $432.5 million, compared to $373.0 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was a result of the Company actively purchasing investment securities during the year as it continued to deploy funds generated through the resolution of acquired assets and the reinvestment of funds generated from maturities and principal payments of investment securities.

At December 31, 2013 , net unrealized losses on investment securities totaled $8.0 million, compared to unrealized gains of $7.2 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in net unrealized losses for the period can be attributed to the increase in interest rates during 2013.

The Company’s investment portfolio mix, based upon fair value, is outlined in the table below:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
U.S. government agencies
$
85,672

 
$
88,586

Residential pass-through securities
180,809

 
168,423

State and political subdivisions
77,275

 
64,297

Corporate obligations
10,933

 
10,435

Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
54,145

 
14,046

Asset-backed securities
21,816

 
25,188

Investments in mutual funds and other equity securities
1,892

 
1,993

Total investment securities available for sale (1)
$
432,542

 
$
372,968


(1) Other than securities issued by the U.S. Government and U.S Government agencies and corporations, no investment in aggregate, in a single issuer, exceeds 10% of shareholders’ equity.  

30


Table of Contents

The weighted average life of the Company’s investment portfolio in 2013 increased to 5.7 years from 5.3 years in 2012. The following table further details the contractual maturities of the Company’s investment portfolio, based upon fair value at December 31, 2013. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.  Additional information about the investment portfolio is provided in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note (4) Investment Securities of the consolidated financial statements.

(dollars in thousands)
 
Dates of Maturities
 
 
Under 1 year
 
1 - 5 years
 
5 - 10 years
 
Over 10 years
 
Total
U.S. government agencies
 
$
4,050

 
$
81,622

 
$

 
$

 
$
85,672

Weighted average yield
 
2.83
%
 
1.15
%
 
%
 

 
1.22
%
Residential pass-through securities
 
5,431

 
21

 
19,480

 
155,877

 
180,809

Weighted average yield
 
1.51
%
 
2.07
%
 
2.06
%
 
2.14
%
 
2.11
%
Taxable state and political subdivisions
 

 
1,098

 
1,370

 

 
2,468

Weighted average yield
 
%
 
4.38
%
 
4.26
%
 
%
 
4.31
%
Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
 

 
2,280

 
51,869

 
20,658

 
74,807

Weighted average yield
 
%
 
4.71
%
 
3.15
%
 
3.72
%
 
3.37
%
Corporate obligations
 

 
10,933

 

 

 
10,933

Weighted average yield
 

 
1.14
%
 
%
 

 
1.14
%
Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
 

 

 

 
54,145

 
54,145

Weighted average yield
 

 

 

 
2.05
%
 
2.05
%
Asset-backed securities
 

 

 

 
21,816

 
21,816

Weighted average yield
 

 

 

 
2.01
%
 
2.01
%
Investments in mutual funds and other equities
 

 

 

 
1,892

 
1,892

Weighted average yield
 

 

 

 
3.41
%
 
3.41
%
Total
 
$
9,481

 
$
95,954

 
$
72,719

 
$
254,388

 
$
432,542

Weighted average yield
 
2.08
%
 
1.38
%
 
2.88
%
 
2.22
%
 
2.13
%

Residential pass-through securities in the table above include both pooled mortgage-backed securities and high quality collateralized mortgage obligation structures, with a weighted average life of 4.9 years.  These mortgage-related securities provide yield spread comparable to U.S. Treasuries or U.S. government agencies; however, the cash flows arising from them can be volatile due to prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock: FHLB stock totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2013 and $7.4 million at December 31, 2012.

FHLB stock is carried at par and does not have a readily determinable fair value. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted to the FHLB and member institutions, and can only be purchased and redeemed at par. The remaining restricted equity securities primarily represent investments in Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares stock.

In September 2012, the FHLB of Seattle was notified by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“Finance Agency”) that it is now classified as “adequately capitalized” as compared to the prior classification of “undercapitalized.” Under Finance Agency regulations, the FHLB of Seattle may repurchase excess capital stock under certain conditions, however they may not redeem stock or pay a dividend without Finance Agency approval. Based on the above, the Company has determined there is not an other-than-temporary impairment on the FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2013.

Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary or permanent impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of the cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount of the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) the compliance with the minimum financial metrics required as part of the Consent Arrangement the FHLB has with the Finance Agency, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB.


31


Table of Contents

Non-Covered Loans: Interest and fees earned on the Company’s loan portfolio is the primary source of revenue. The Company attempts to balance the diversity of its portfolio, believing that this provides a good means of minimizing risk. Active portfolio management has resulted in solid loan growth and a diversified portfolio that is not heavily concentrated in any one industry or in any one community.  The composition of the Company’s non-covered loan portfolio is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
Commercial
$
179,914

 
20.3
%
 
$
162,481

 
19.1
%
 
$
150,386

 
18.5
%
 
$
145,319

 
17.5
%
 
$
93,295

 
11.5
%
Real estate mortgages:
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
41,811

 
4.7
%
 
36,873

 
4.3
%
 
40,331

 
5.0
%
 
46,717

 
5.6
%
 
53,313

 
6.5
%
Multi-family and commercial
447,337

 
50.4
%
 
415,754

 
48.8
%
 
370,782

 
45.7
%
 
348,548

 
41.9
%
 
360,745

 
44.5
%
Total real estate mortgages
489,148

 
55.1
%
 
452,627

 
53.1
%
 
411,113

 
50.7
%
 
395,265

 
47.5
%
 
414,058

 
51.0
%
Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
33,928

 
3.8
%
 
46,472

 
5.5
%
 
58,810

 
7.3
%
 
72,945

 
8.8
%
 
76,046

 
9.4
%
Multi-family and commercial
22,320

 
2.6
%
 
34,926

 
4.1
%
 
31,546

 
3.9
%
 
42,664

 
5.1
%
 
34,231

 
4.2
%
Total real estate construction
56,248

 
6.4
%
 
81,398

 
9.6
%
 
90,356

 
11.2
%
 
115,609

 
13.9
%
 
110,277

 
13.6
%
Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect
79,900

 
9.0
%
 
77,596

 
9.1
%
 
80,396

 
9.9
%
 
90,231

 
10.8
%
 
100,697

 
12.4
%
Direct
81,773

 
9.2
%
 
77,294

 
9.1
%
 
78,726

 
9.7
%
 
85,665

 
10.3
%
 
93,051

 
11.5
%
Total consumer
161,673

 
18.2
%
 
154,890

 
18.2
%
 
159,122

 
19.6
%
 
175,896

 
21.1
%
 
193,748

 
23.9
%
Subtotal
886,983

 
100.0
%
 
851,396

 
100.0
%
 
810,977

 
100.0
%
 
832,089

 
100.0
%
 
811,378

 
100.0
%
Deferred loan costs, net
1,703

 
 

 
1,738

 
 

 
1,853

 
 
 
2,204

 
 
 
2,474

 
 
Allowance for loan losses
(17,093
)
 
 

 
(17,147
)
 
 

 
(18,032
)
 
 
 
(18,812
)
 
 
 
(16,212
)
 
 
Total non-covered loans
$
871,593

 
 

 
$
835,987

 
 

 
$
794,798

 
 
 
$
815,481

 
 
 
$
797,640

 
 


The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of the following loan types:

Commercial Loans :  Commercial loans include both secured and unsecured loans for working capital and expansion.  Short-term working capital loans generally are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and/or equipment, while longer-term commercial loans are usually secured by equipment.

Real Estate Mortgage Loans : Real estate loans consist of two types: one-to-four family residential and commercial properties.

One-to-Four Family Residential Loans :  One-to-four family residential loans are secured principally by 1st deeds of trust on residential properties principally located within the Company’s market area.

Commercial Real Estate Loans : Commercial real estate loans are secured principally by manufacturing facilities, apartment buildings and commercial buildings for office, storage and warehouse space.  Loans secured by commercial real estate may involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential loans.  Payments on such loans are often dependent on business cash flows or third party lease payments.

32


Table of Contents


The composition of the commercial real estate loan portfolio by loan type is as follows:

 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
Commercial real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
 
$
131,396

 
29.4
%
 
$
109,152

 
26.3
%
 
$
103,470

 
27.9
%
 
$
90,875

 
26.1
%
 
$
113,694

 
31.5
%
Retail
 
141,049

 
31.5
%
 
138,356

 
33.3
%
 
133,949

 
36.1
%
 
135,191

 
38.8
%
 
144,102

 
39.9
%
Industrial
 
96,984

 
21.7
%
 
98,295

 
23.6
%
 
73,003

 
19.7
%
 
58,520

 
16.8
%
 
57,545

 
16.0
%
Hospitality
 
31,966

 
7.1
%
 
29,880

 
7.2
%
 
22,090

 
6.0
%
 
22,208

 
6.4
%
 
21,659

 
6.0
%
Other
 
45,942

 
10.3
%
 
40,071

 
9.6
%
 
38,270

 
10.3
%
 
41,754

 
11.9
%
 
23,745

 
6.6
%
Total commercial real estate
 
$
447,337

 
100.0
%
 
$
415,754

 
100.0
%
 
$
370,782

 
100.0
%
 
$
348,548

 
100.0
%
 
$
360,745

 
100.0
%

 The composition of the commercial real estate loan portfolio by occupancy type is as follows:

 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
Commercial real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
$
240,721

 
53.8
%
 
$
210,149

 
50.5
%
 
$
210,681

 
56.8
%
 
$
190,351

 
54.6
%
 
$
183,137

 
50.8
%
Non-owner occupied
 
206,616

 
46.2
%
 
205,605

 
49.5
%
 
160,101

 
43.2
%
 
158,197

 
45.4
%
 
177,608

 
49.2
%
Total commercial real estate
 
$
447,337

 
100.0
%
 
$
415,754

 
100.0
%
 
$
370,782

 
100.0
%
 
$
348,548

 
100.0
%
 
$
360,745

 
100.0
%

Real Estate Construction Loans : Real estate construction loans consist of four types: 1) commercial real estate, 2) one-to-four family residential construction, 3) land development and 4) raw land.

Commercial Real Estate :  Commercial real estate construction loans are primarily for owner-occupied properties.

One-to-Four Family Residential :  One-to-four family residential construction loans are for the construction of custom homes, where the homeowner is the borrower.

Land Development :  Land development loans are principally secured by land, which has been improved with the installation of utilities and infrastructure, to support building construction.

Raw Land :  Raw land loans are principally secured by unimproved land where the borrower intends future development of the property.


33


Table of Contents

The composition of the real estate construction loan portfolio is as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
Real estate construction:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
$
7,471

 
13.3
%
 
$
25,693

 
31.6
%
 
$
16,252

 
18.0
%
 
$
26,134

 
22.6
%
 
$
13,805

 
12.5
%
Residential
 
6,925

 
12.3
%
 
8,027

 
9.9
%
 
10,805

 
12.0
%
 
11,900

 
10.3
%
 
11,867

 
10.8
%
Land development commercial
 
3,680

 
6.5
%
 
1,603

 
1.9
%
 
5,043

 
5.6
%
 
5,876

 
5.1
%
 
6,608

 
6.0
%
Land development residential
 
17,752

 
31.6
%
 
25,230

 
31.0
%
 
29,358

 
32.5
%
 
37,467

 
32.4
%
 
37,623

 
34.1
%
Raw land commercial
 
11,169

 
19.9
%
 
7,631

 
9.4
%
 
10,251

 
11.3
%
 
10,653

 
9.2
%
 
13,087

 
11.9
%
Raw land residential
 
9,251

 
16.4
%
 
13,214

 
16.2
%
 
18,647

 
20.6
%
 
23,579

 
20.4
%
 
27,287

 
24.7
%
Total real estate construction
 
$
56,248

 
100.0
%
 
$
81,398

 
100
%
 
$
90,356

 
100
%
 
$
115,609

 
100
%
 
$
110,277

 
100
%

Consumer Loans : The Company’s consumer loan portfolio consists of automobile loans, boat and recreational vehicle financing, home equity and home improvement loans, and miscellaneous secured and unsecured personal loans.

Direct Consumer Loans : Direct consumer loans consist of automobile loans, boat and recreational vehicle financing, home equity and home improvement loans, and miscellaneous secured and unsecured personal loans originated directly by the Bank’s loan officers.

Indirect Consumer Loans : The Company makes loans for new and used automobile and recreational vehicles that are originated indirectly by selected dealers located in the Company’s market areas. The Company has limited its indirect loan purchases primarily to dealerships that are established and well known in their market areas and to applicants that are not classified as sub-prime.

The Company makes certain loans which are guaranteed by the SBA. The SBA, an independent agency of the federal government, provides loan guarantees to qualifying small and medium sized businesses for up to 85% of the principal loan amount. The Company generally sells the guaranteed portion of each loan to investors in the secondary market. The guaranteed portion of an SBA loan is generally sold at a premium. In 2013, the Company sold total guaranteed portions of SBA loans in the amount of $7.8 million, compared with $5.0 million in 2012.  The Company retains the unguaranteed portion of the loan. The retained portion of the SBA loan is classified within the portfolio by loan type.


34


Table of Contents

Specific types of loans within the Company’s portfolio are more sensitive to interest rate changes. Commercial and real estate construction loan interest rates are primarily based upon current market rates plus a basis point spread charged by the Company. To better understand the Company’s risk associated with these loans, the following table sets forth the maturities by loan type at December 31, 2013:
(dollars in thousands)
 
Maturing
 
 
Within 1 year
 
1 - 5 years
 
After 5 years
 
Total
Commercial
 
$
54,426

 
$
60,017

 
$
65,471

 
$
179,914

Real estate construction:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
 
17,327

 
14,765

 
1,836

 
33,928

Multi-family and commercial
 
1,271

 
4,418

 
16,631

 
22,320

Total real estate construction
 
18,598

 
19,183

 
18,467

 
56,248

Total
 
$
73,024

 
$
79,200

 
$
83,938

 
$
236,162

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-rate loans
 
$
13,564

 
$
42,043

 
$
12,369

 
$
67,976

Variable-rate loans
 
59,460

 
37,157

 
71,569

 
168,186

Total
 
$
73,024

 
$
79,200

 
$
83,938

 
$
236,162


At December 31, 2013, approximately 73% of these variable rate loans had an interest rate floor in place.

Covered Loans: The composition of the Company’s covered loan portfolio is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Commercial
$
17,285

 
$
29,011

 
$
43,588

 
$
32,837

Real estate mortgages:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
10,969

 
14,195

 
15,753

 
17,724

Multi-family residential and commercial
122,072

 
184,583

 
230,310

 
282,034

Total real estate mortgages
133,041

 
198,778

 
246,063

 
299,758

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
1,327

 
7,764

 
11,875

 
70,885

Multi-family and commercial
9,243

 
18,743

 
34,470

 
78,679

Total real estate construction
10,570

 
26,507

 
46,345

 
149,564

Consumer - direct
6,796

 
10,219

 
14,768

 
22,626

Subtotal
167,692

 
264,515

 
350,764

 
504,785

Fair value discount
(15,737
)
 
(47,176
)
 
(81,683
)
 
(138,632
)
Total covered loans
151,955

 
217,339

 
269,081

 
366,153

Allowance for loan losses
(14,622
)
 
(3,252
)
 
(870
)
 
(1,336
)
Total covered loans, net
$
137,333

 
$
214,087

 
$
268,211

 
$
364,817


On April 16, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of City Bank, Lynnwood, Washington, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver of City Bank, in an FDIC-assisted transaction. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss share agreements (each, a “loss share agreement” and collectively, the “loss share agreements”). The Bank will share in the losses, which begins with the Bank incurring the first 2% of losses, on the covered assets. After the first 2% of losses on covered assets, the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and share in 80% of loss recoveries on 100% of the covered loan portfolio. The loss share agreement for commercial and single family residential mortgage loans are in effect for five years and ten years, respectively, from the April 16, 2010 acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions for such loans are in effect for eight years and ten years, respectively, from the acquisition date.


35


Table of Contents

In April 2020, approximately ten years following the acquisition date, the Bank is required to make a payment to the FDIC in the event that losses on covered assets under the loss share agreements have been less than the stated threshold level. The payment amount will be 50% of the excess, if any, of (i) 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate ($111.0 million) minus (ii) the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount (or 25% of the asset discount of ($50.7 million)), plus (b) 25% of cumulative loss share payments (as defined in the Agreement), plus (c) the cumulative servicing amount received by the Bank from the FDIC on covered assets. The Bank recorded an estimated liability of $913 thousand under this provision at December 31, 2013.

On September 24, 2010, the Bank assumed certain deposit liabilities and acquired certain assets of North County Bank, Arlington, Washington from the FDIC as receiver for North County Bank and entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC. As part of the Agreement, the Bank and the FDIC entered into a loss sharing arrangement covering future losses incurred on acquired or “covered” loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”).  On single family loans and OREO, the FDIC will absorb: (i) 80% of losses on the first $7.8 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses on $7.8 million to $12.3 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses above $12.3 million of losses incurred. On commercial and non-single family loans and OREO, the FDIC will absorb: (i) 80% of losses on the first $33.9 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses on $33.9 million to $47.9 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses above $47.9 million of losses incurred.  The FDIC will share in loss recoveries on the covered loan and OREO portfolio. 

In September 2020, approximately ten years following the acquisition date, the Bank is required to make a payment to the FDIC in the event that losses on covered assets under the loss share agreements have been less than the stated threshold level. The payment amount will be 50% of the excess, if any, of (i) 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate ($46.9 million) minus (ii) the sum of (a) 20% of the net loss amount, plus (b) 25% of the asset discount bid ($62.5 million), plus (c) 3.5% of total loss share assets at acquisition. The Bank recorded an estimated liability of $4.2 million under this provision at December 31, 2013.




36


Table of Contents

Credit Risks and Asset Quality

Credit Risks: The extension of credit, in the form of loans or other credit substitutes, to individuals and businesses is a major portion of the Company’s principal business activity.  Company policies and applicable laws and regulations require risk analysis as well as ongoing portfolio and credit management.
 
The Company manages its credit risk through lending limits, credit review, approval policies and extensive, ongoing internal monitoring. Through this monitoring process, nonperforming loans are identified. Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans, nonaccruing restructured loans, past due loans and other real estate owned. Additional information on nonperforming assets is provided in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note (1) Significant Accounting Policies of the consolidated financial statements. Nonperforming assets are assessed for potential loss exposure on an individual or homogeneous group basis. Further details on the loss analysis are provided in the Allowance for Loan Losses   section.

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonperforming non-covered assets for the past five years:
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Non-covered nonperforming loans
$
8,409

 
$
15,551

 
$
22,100

 
$
25,846

 
$
3,395

Non-covered other real estate owned
3,067

 
3,023

 
1,976

 
4,122

 
4,549

Total non-covered nonperforming assets
$
11,476

 
$
18,574

 
$
24,076

 
$
29,968

 
$
7,944

Restructured Loans (1)
$
24,409

 
$
26,303

 
$
26,493

 
$
19,936

 
$

Total non-covered impaired loans
$
32,818

 
$
41,854

 
$
48,593

 
$
45,782

 
$
3,395

Non-covered accruing loans past due 90 days or more
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Non-covered potential problem loans (2)
$
798

 
$
2,601

 
$
2,179

 
$
5,178

 
$
4,586

Allowance for loan losses
$
17,093

 
$
17,147

 
$
18,032

 
$
18,812

 
$
16,212

Non-covered nonperforming loans to total gross
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  non-covered loans
0.95
%
 
1.82
%
 
2.72
%
 
3.10
%
 
0.42
%
Allowance for loan losses to total gross non-covered loans
1.92
%
 
2.01
%
 
2.22
%
 
2.25
%
 
1.99
%
Allowance for loan losses to total non-covered
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  nonperforming loans
203.27
%
 
110.26
%
 
81.59
%
 
72.79
%
 
477.53
%
Non-covered nonperforming assets to total assets
0.68
%
 
1.10
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.76
%
 
0.76
%

(1) Represents accruing restructured loans performing according to their restructured terms.  
(2) Potential problem loans represent loans where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts about the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms but the loans do not presently meet the criteria to be classified as impaired.  
 

37


Table of Contents

Asset Quality: The following table sets forth historical information regarding the Company's net charge-offs and average non-covered loans for the past five years:

(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Indirect net charge-offs
 
$
325

 
$
391

 
$
626

 
$
954

 
$
1,574

Other net charge-offs
 
1,604

 
7,594

 
10,654

 
8,596

 
4,664

Total net charge-offs
 
$
1,929

 
$
7,985

 
$
11,280

 
$
9,550

 
$
6,238

Average indirect loans
 
$
80,118

 
$
81,043

 
$
88,054

 
$
98,360

 
$
104,871

Average other loans
 
777,329

 
738,335

 
737,574

 
730,800

 
714,830

Total average loans (1)
 
$
857,447

 
$
819,378

 
$
825,628

 
$
829,160

 
$
819,701

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect net charge-offs to average indirect loans
 
0.41
%
 
0.48
%
 
0.71
%
 
0.97
%
 
1.50
%
Other net charge-offs to average other loans
 
0.21
%
 
1.03
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.18
%
 
0.65
%
Net charge-offs to average loans
 
0.22
%
 
0.97
%
 
1.37
%
 
1.15
%
 
0.76
%

(1) Excludes average loans held for sale.  
Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate by management to provide for potential loan losses inherent in the portfolio. The Company assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The Company's methodology for making such assessments and determining the adequacy of the allowance includes the following key elements:

Specific Allowances: A specific allowance is established when management has identified unique or particular risks that are related to a specific loan that demonstrate risk characteristics consistent with impairment. Specific allowances may also be established to address the unique risks associated with a group of loans or particular type of credit exposure.

Formula Allowance: The calculations of expected loss rates are determined utilizing a two factor approach; loss given default (“LGD”) and probability of default (“PD”). Taken together, these two factors produce the expected loss rate.

LGD is defined as the rate of loss as determined by dividing the expected net charge-off by defaulted loans, where defaulted loans are defined as loans that have 30 days or greater payment delinquency plus non-accrual and gross loans charged off.  LGD rates utilized reflect industry experience as determined by state and loan type, and are based upon banks with total assets below $1 billion.  Banks falling into these size and state groupings will better capture state/geographic differences that occur in LGD rates, as well as provide a sufficient number of observations to be statistically meaningful. LGD rates are based upon industry experience starting in 1992 and applied at a two standard deviation level. Bank specific LGD rates are utilized when there are sufficient observations to generate a meaningful result, and these observations should include at least three observations as observed over a minimum of at least one full economic cycle for each type/sector/subsector/geographic combination to be considered meaningful.

PD is defined as the actual payment default rate (defined as the number of times a loan has been delinquent 30 or more days divided by the number of months the loan has been outstanding from the origination date to the valuation date), or for loans which have not generated an actual payment default rate, the rate applied is based upon industry experience for such loans as applied by loan type and state in which the loan applies to (in the case of real estate loans, the state determination is based upon were the collateral resides), where the expected payment default rate is defined as the sum loans where payment delinquencies are 30 or more days delinquent, plus non-accrual and gross loans charged off divided by total loans for each group. Expected payment default rates are then scaled against the bank’s loan risk grades with the bank’s lowest pass/non-watch grade set to equal the industry PD and then scaled lower or higher against the bank’s remaining loan grades.


38


Table of Contents

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses was adequate as of December 31, 2013. There is, however, no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the allowance for loan losses and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review. Approximately 82% of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and a significant decline in real estate market values may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses. The U.S. recession, the housing market downturn and declining real estate values in our markets have negatively impacted aspects of our residential development, commercial real estate, commercial construction and commercial loan portfolios. A continued deterioration in our markets may adversely affect our loan portfolio and may lead to additional charges to the provision for loan losses.

The following table sets forth historical information regarding changes in the Company's allowance for loan losses:
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Balance at beginning of period
$
17,147

 
$
18,032

 
$
18,812

 
$
16,212

 
$
12,250

Provision for non-covered loan losses
1,875

 
7,100

 
10,500

 
12,150

 
10,200

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
(562
)
 
(1,640
)
 
(1,707
)
 
(2,071
)
 
(964
)
Real estate mortgage
(225
)
 
(3,311
)
 
(8,547
)
 
(2,868
)
 
(1,640
)
Real estate construction
(70
)
 
(2,706
)
 
(144
)
 
(3,516
)
 
(2,600
)
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
(1,766
)
 
(725
)
 
(1,335
)
 
(632
)
 
(650
)
Indirect
(673
)
 
(801
)
 
(1,208
)
 
(1,691
)
 
(2,416
)
Total charge-offs
(3,296
)
 
(9,183
)
 
(12,941
)
 
(10,778
)
 
(8,270
)
Recoveries:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial
235

 
248

 
269

 
214

 
655

Real estate mortgage
183

 
438

 
688

 
47

 
359

Real estate construction
442

 
11

 
2

 
131

 
48

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
159

 
91

 
120

 
99

 
128

Indirect
348

 
410

 
582

 
737

 
842

Total recoveries
1,367

 
1,198

 
1,661

 
1,228

 
2,032

Net charge-offs
(1,929
)
 
(7,985
)
 
(11,280
)
 
(9,550
)
 
(6,238
)
Balance at end of period
$
17,093

 
$
17,147

 
$
18,032

 
$
18,812

 
$
16,212


The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, by loan type, for the past five years:

(dollars in thousands)
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Amount
 
% of Loans (1)
 
Amount
 
% of Loans (1)
 
Amount
 
% of Loans (1)
 
Amount
 
% of Loans (1)
 
Amount
 
% of Loans (1)
Commercial
$
4,323

 
20.3
%
 
$
4,405

 
19.1
%
 
$
4,034

 
18.5
%
 
$
3,915

 
17.5
%
 
$
1,515

 
11.5
%
Real estate mortgage
6,827

 
55.1
%
 
6,516

 
53.1
%
 
6,500

 
50.7
%
 
6,507

 
47.5
%
 
8,060

 
51.0
%
Real estate construction
3,050

 
6.4
%
 
3,050

 
9.6
%
 
4,046

 
11.2
%
 
4,947

 
13.9
%
 
2,330

 
13.6
%
Consumer
2,893

 
18.2
%
 
3,176

 
18.2
%
 
3,452

 
19.6
%
 
3,443

 
21.1
%
 
4,307

 
23.9
%
Total
$
17,093

 
100.0
%
 
$
17,147

 
100.0
%
 
$
18,032

 
100.0
%
 
$
18,812

 
100.0
%
 
$
16,212

 
100.0
%

   (1) Represents the total of outstanding loans in each category as a percent of total loans outstanding.  


39


Table of Contents

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses should not be interpreted as an indication of specific amounts or loan categories in which future charge-offs may occur.

Deposits: In 2013, the Company focused its efforts on maintaining its deposit base through competitive pricing and delivery of quality service. Additional information regarding deposits is provided in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note (11) Deposits .
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Average balance
 
Average rate
 
Average balance
 
Average rate
 
Average balance
 
Average rate
Interest-bearing demand and MMA deposits
 
$
647,965

 
0.16
%
 
$
611,477

 
0.22
%
 
$
581,189

 
0.41
%
Savings deposits
 
119,518

 
0.05
%
 
105,085

 
0.10
%
 
96,892

 
0.21
%
Time deposits
 
403,478

 
0.95
%
 
497,812

 
1.03
%
 
606,771

 
1.14
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
 
1,170,961

 
0.42
%
 
1,214,374

 
0.54
%
 
1,284,852

 
0.74
%
Demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits
 
257,314

 
 

 
243,522

 
 

 
202,297

 
 

Total average deposits
 
$
1,428,275

 
 

 
$
1,457,896

 
 

 
$
1,487,149

 
 


Wholesale Deposits: The following table further details wholesale deposits, which are included in total deposits shown above:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
 
Balance
 
% of total
Mutual fund money market deposits
 
14,704

 
97.8
%
 
14,704

 
53.9
%
 
24,704

 
75.1
%
CDARS deposits
 
327

 
2.2
%
 
12,579

 
46.1
%
 
8,174

 
24.9
%
Total wholesale deposits
 
$
15,031

 
100.0
%
 
$
27,283

 
100.0
%
 
$
32,878

 
100.0
%
Wholesale deposits to total deposits
 
1.0
%
 
 
 
1.9
%
 
 

 
2.2
%
 
 


Mutual fund money market deposits are obtained from an intermediary that provides cash sweep services to broker-dealers and clearing firms. Currently, the Company anticipates limiting the growth of these types of deposits. The deposits are payable upon demand.

Certificate Deposit Account Registry System (“CDARS”) deposits are obtained through a broker and represent a reciprocal agreement, whereby the Company obtains a portion of time deposits from another financial institution, not to exceed $250,000 per customer. In return, the other financial institution obtains a portion of the Company’s time deposits. All CDARS deposits represent direct customer relationships with the Company, but for regulatory purposes are required to be classified as brokered deposits. Deposit maturities range between four weeks and twenty four months.

Although a significant amount of time deposits will mature and reprice in the next twelve months, the Company expects to retain the majority of such deposits. In the short term, time deposits have limited impact on the liquidity of the Company and these deposits can generally be retained and expanded with increases in rates paid which might, however, increase the cost of funds more than anticipated.

The following table sets forth the amounts and maturities of time deposits:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Less than 3 months
 
3 - 6 months
 
6 to 12 months
 
Over 12 months
 
Total
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
 
$
24,180

 
$
21,578

 
$
63,701

 
$
47,083

 
$
156,542

All other time deposits
 
30,570

 
35,917

 
87,874

 
48,747

 
203,108

Total
 
$
54,750

 
$
57,495

 
$
151,575

 
$
95,830

 
$
359,650



40


Table of Contents

Borrowings: Total borrowings outstanding totaled $25.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and represents junior subordinated debentures.  The Company’s sources of funds from borrowings consist of borrowings from correspondent banks, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank and junior subordinated debentures.

FHLB Overnight Borrowings and Other Borrowed Funds : The Company can use advances from the FHLB to supplement funding needs. The FHLB provides credit for member financial institutions in the form of overnight borrowings, short term and long term advances. As a member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and is authorized to apply for advances on the pledge of certain of its mortgage loans and other assets (principally, securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding overnight borrowings.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had an unused line of credit of $201.2 million, subject to certain collateral and stock requirements. Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note (12) FHLB Borrowings and Fed Funds Purchased .

Federal Funds Purchased : The Company also uses lines of credit at correspondent banks to purchase federal funds for short-term funding. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Available borrowings under these lines of credit totaled $45.0 million at December 31, 2013.

Federal Reserve Bank Overnight Borrowings : The Company can use advances from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) of San Francisco to supplement funding needs. The FRB provides credit for financial institutions in the form of overnight borrowings. The Bank is required to pledge certain of its loans and other assets (principally, securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met.  There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  Available overnight borrowings under these lines of credit totaled $17.2 million at December 31, 2013.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures: On April 2, 2007, a newly created wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company issued $10.3 million of trust preferred securities with a quarterly adjustable rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.56%. Additionally, on June 29, 2007, the Company prepaid $15.0 million of outstanding trust preferred securities with a quarterly adjustable rate of LIBOR plus 3.65%. On the same day, the Company replaced the called securities with another issuance of $15.5 million of trust preferred securities with a quarterly adjustable rate of LIBOR plus 1.56%. Junior subordinated debentures totaled $25.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $25.0 million of the debentures were considered Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital requirements.

Capital

Shareholders’ Equity: Shareholders’ equity decreased $2.7 million to $179.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $182.6 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in shareholders’ equity was primarily due to net income available to common shareholders of $14.5 million reduced by a $9.9 million other comprehensive loss related to the investment securities portfolio and $8.3 million in cash dividends paid on common stock for the year ended December 31, 2013.

TARP-CPP Capital:  On January 16, 2009, in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $26.4 million, the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program the following: (i) 26,380 shares of the Company’s newly designated Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value per share, and liquidation preference $1,000 per share ($26.4 million liquidation preference in the aggregate) and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 492,164 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share, at an exercise price of $8.04 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the Company’s securities, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement including the Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms, dated January 16, 2009, with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Agreement”). The Agreement contained limitations on the payment of quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s common stock in excess of $0.065 per share and on the Company’s ability to repurchase its common stock.

The Series A Preferred Stock paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum, applied to the $1,000 per share liquidation preference, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The Series A Preferred Stock had no maturity date and ranked senior to common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

41


Table of Contents

On January 12, 2011, the Company redeemed all 26,380 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.  The Company paid a total of $26.6 million to the Treasury, consisting of $26.4 million in principal and $209 thousand in accrued and unpaid dividends. The Company's redemption of the shares was not subject to additional conditions.

On March 2, 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program. The Company repurchased the Warrant for $1.6 million. The Warrant repurchase, together with the Company’s earlier redemption of the entire amount of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued to the U.S. Treasury, represents full repayment of all TARP obligations and cancellation of all equity interests in the Company held by the U.S. Treasury.
 
Common Stock Capital: The Company entered into an Underwriting Agreement dated November 24, 2009 with RBC Capital Markets Corporation, as representative of the underwriters listed therein (collectively the “Underwriters”), providing for the offer and sale in a firm commitment offering of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share, sold by the Company at a price of $9.00 per share ($8.55 per share, net of underwriting discounts).

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of the Company’s common stock to cover over-allotments.

On November 30, 2009, the Company completed the public sale of a total of 5,750,000 shares of common stock at a price of $9.00 per share, after giving effect to the sale of the shares being sold pursuant to the over-allotment option, for gross proceeds of approximately $51.8 million. The Company received net proceeds, after underwriting, legal and accounting expenses, of $49.0 million. In connection with the Company’s public offering in the fourth quarter of 2009, the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrant held by the U.S. Treasury was reduced by 50%, to 246,082 shares.
 
The following table represents the common stock cash dividends declared and the dividend payout ratio for the past three years:
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Dividends declared per share
 
$
0.535

 
$
0.50

 
$
0.20

Dividend payout ratio
 
57.25
%
 
45.81
%
 
20.63
%

Cash dividends are approved by the Board of Directors in connection with its review of the Company’s capital plan. The cash dividend is subject to regulatory limitation as described in Item 1- Business, Supervision and Regulation Section. There is no assurance that future cash dividends will be declared or increased. For further information on shareholders’ equity, see Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity.

Regulatory Capital Requirements: The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to minimum capital requirements, under which risk percentages are assigned to various categories of assets and off-balance sheet items to calculate a risk-adjusted capital ratio.  The Federal Reserve and FDIC regulations set forth the qualifications necessary for bank holding companies and banks to be classified as “well capitalized,” primarily for assignment of insurance premium rates.  Failure to qualify as “well capitalized” can: (a) negatively impact a bank’s ability to expand and to engage in certain activities, (b) cause an increase in insurance premium rates, and (c) impact a bank holding company’s ability to utilize certain expedited filing procedures, among other things. The Company’s and Bank’s current capital ratios are located in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , Note (19) Regulatory Capital Matters of the consolidated financial statements.

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Bank. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% and require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. The final rules also implement strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. On July 9, 2013, the FDIC also approved, as an interim final rule, the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, following the actions of the Federal Reserve Board. The FDIC's rule is identical in substance to the final rules issued by the FRB.   The phase-in period for the final rules will begin for us on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule's requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule. We are currently evaluating the provisions of the final rules and their expected impact on us. Based on a preliminary analysis of the new rules, management believes that it would be fully compliant with the revised standards as of December 31, 2013 if they were effective on that date.


42


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Cash Flows

Whidbey Island Bank: The principal objective of the Bank’s liquidity management program is to maintain the ability to meet day-to-day cash flow requirements of its customers who either wish to withdraw funds or to draw upon credit facilities to meet their cash needs. The Bank monitors the sources and uses of funds on a daily basis to maintain an acceptable liquidity position. In addition to liquidity from core deposits and the repayment and maturities of loans, the Bank can utilize established lines of credit with correspondent banks, sale of investment securities or borrowings from the FHLB.
 
Washington Banking Company: The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are obtained from dividends declared and paid by the Bank. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay or increase the level of dividends to the Company. However, management believes that such restrictions will not have an adverse impact on the ability of the Company to meets its ongoing cash obligations, which consist principally of debt service on the $25.8 million of outstanding junior subordinated debentures, which totaled approximately $478 thousand in 2013. Further information on the Company’s cash flows can be found in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , Note (21) Washington Banking Company Information of the consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Cash Flows: The consolidated cash flows of the Company and its subsidiary the Bank are disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows found in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The principal source of cash provided by operating activities was net income from continuing operations and proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale. For 2013, $36.2 million was used in investing activities of the Company, primarily net purchases of available for sale investment securities partially offset by proceeds from the sale of covered other real estate owned.  Financing activities used $3.7 million in net cash, primarily due to the cash dividends paid on common stock partially offset by an increase in deposits.

Capital Resources
 
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments:   Standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit and financial guarantees written, are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party or payment by a customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued in international trade or to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions.  Except for certain long-term guarantees, the majority of guarantees expire in one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  Collateral supporting those commitments, for which collateral is deemed necessary, generally amounts to one hundred percent of the commitment.  The Company routinely charges a fee for these credit facilities. The Company was not required to perform on any financial guarantees in 2013.

The following table summarizes the Company’s commitments to extend credit:

(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
Loan commitments:
 
 
Fixed rate
 
$
10,380

Variable rate
 
183,344

Total loan commitments
 
193,724

Standby letters of credit
 
1,114

Total commitments
 
$
194,838


43


Table of Contents

Contractual Commitments: The Company is party to many contractual financial obligations, including repayment of borrowings and operating lease payments. The following table summarizes the contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2013:

(dollars in thousands)
 
Future Contractual Obligations
 
 
Within 1 year
 
1 - 3 years
 
3 - 5 years
 
Over 5 years
 
Total
Operating leases
 
$
1,392

 
$
2,467

 
$
2,029

 
$
1,683

 
$
7,571

Junior subordinated debentures
 

 

 

 
25,774

 
25,774

Total
 
$
1,392

 
$
2,467

 
$
2,029

 
$
27,457

 
$
33,345



Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Asset/Liability Management

The purpose of asset/liability management is to provide stable net interest income by protecting the Company’s earnings from undue interest rate risk that arises from volatile interest rates and changes in the balance sheet mix, and by managing the risk/return relationships between liquidity, interest rate risk, market risk, and capital adequacy.  The Company maintains an asset/liability management policy that provides guidelines for controlling exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing the following ratios and trend analysis: liquidity, equity, volatile liability dependence, portfolio maturities, maturing assets and maturing liabilities.  The Company’s policy is to control the exposure of its earnings to changing interest rates by generally endeavoring to maintain a position within a narrow range around an “earnings neutral position,” which is defined as the mix of assets and liabilities that generate a net interest margin that is least affected by interest rate changes.


44


Table of Contents

Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk: The Company is exposed to interest rate risk.  Interest rate risk is the risk that financial performance will decline over time due to changes in prevailing interest rates and resulting yields on interest-earning assets and costs of interest-bearing liabilities.  Generally, there are three sources of interest rate risk as described below:

Re-pricing Risk: Generally, re-pricing risk is the risk of adverse consequences from a change in interest rates that arises because of differences in the timing of when those interest rate changes affect an institution’s assets and liabilities.

Basis Risk: Basis risk is the risk of adverse consequences resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different instruments with the same maturity.

Option Risk: In banking, option risks are known as borrower options to prepay loans and depositor options to make deposits, withdrawals, and early redemptions.  Option risk arises whenever bank products give customers the right, but not the obligation, to alter the quantity of the timing of cash flows.

A number of measures are used to monitor and manage interest rate risk, including income simulations and interest sensitivity (gap) analysis.  An income simulation model is the primary tool used to assess the direction and magnitude of changes in net interest income resulting from changes in interest rates.  Key assumptions in the model include prepayment speeds on fixed rate assets, cash flows and maturities of other investment securities, and loan and deposit volumes and pricing.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or precisely predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
1 year change in net interest income from scenario
 
Percentage change
 
1 year change in net interest income from scenario
 
Percentage change
Scenario
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Up 100 basis points
 
$
(469
)
 
(0.7
)%
 
$
(862
)
 
(1.2
)%
Up 200 basis points
 
$
(592
)
 
(0.9
)%
 
$
(1,280
)
 
(1.7
)%
Up 300 basis points
 
$
(767
)
 
(1.2
)%
 
$
(1,531
)
 
(2.1
)%


45


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity: The analysis of an institution’s interest rate gap (the difference between the repricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during a given period of time) is another standard tool for the measurement of the exposure to interest rate risk.  The Company believes that because interest rate gap analysis does not address all factors that can affect earnings performance, it should be used in conjunction with other methods of evaluating interest rate risk.

The following table sets forth the estimated maturity or repricing, and the resulting interest rate gap of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2013.  The interest rate gaps reported in the table arise when assets are funded with liabilities having different repricing intervals.  The amounts shown in the following table could be significantly affected by external factors such as changes in prepayment assumptions, early withdrawals of deposits and competition:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
0 - 3 months
 
4 - 12 months
 
1 - 5 years
 
Over 5 years
 
Total
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits
 
$
103,869

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
103,869

Investment securities
 
2,011

 
4,320

 
290,764

 
135,447

 
432,542

Investment in subsidiary
 

 

 

 
774

 
774

FHLB stock
 
7,172

 

 

 

 
7,172

Loans held for sale
 
3,389

 

 

 

 
3,389

Total loans
 
180,814

 
113,379

 
336,025

 
410,423

 
1,040,641

Total interest-earning assets
 
$
297,255

 
$
117,699

 
$
626,789

 
$
546,644

 
$
1,588,387

Percent of interest-earning assets
 
18.7
 %
 
7.4
 %
 
39.5
 %
 
34.4
%
 
100.0
%
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-bearing demand deposits
 
$
370,244

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
370,244

Money market deposits
 
347,670

 

 

 

 
347,670

Savings deposits
 
124,516

 

 

 

 
124,516

Time deposits
 
54,750

 
209,070

 
95,830

 

 
359,650

Junior subordinated debentures
 
25,774

 

 

 

 
25,774

Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
$
922,954

 
$
209,070

 
$
95,830

 
$

 
$
1,227,854

Percent of interest-bearing liabilities
 
75.2
 %
 
17.0
 %
 
7.8
 %
 
%
 
100.0
%
Interest sensitivity gap
 
$
(625,699
)
 
$
(91,371
)
 
$
530,959

 
$
546,644

 
$
360,533

Interest sensitivity gap, as a
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  percentage of total assets
 
(37.2
)%
 
(5.4
)%
 
31.5
 %
 
32.5
%
 
 
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
 
$
(625,699
)
 
$
(717,070
)
 
$
(186,111
)
 
$
360,533

 
 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap, as a
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  percentage of total assets
 
(37.2
)%
 
(42.6
)%
 
(11.1
)%
 
21.4
%
 
 


Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The primary impact of inflation on the Company’s operations is increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Although interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services, increases in inflation generally have resulted in increased interest rates.



46


Table of Contents


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


47


Table of Contents



MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, together with its consolidated subsidiary, is responsible for establishing, maintaining and assessing adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control, and accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and fair presentation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992). Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 that are included in this annual report and issued their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, appearing under Item 8, which includes an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.


48


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Washington Banking Company and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Banking Company and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Washington Banking Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Washington Banking Company and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.



/s/ Moss Adams LLP
Everett, Washington
March 14, 2014



49


Table of Contents

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
 (Dollars in thousands, except share data)
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks ($3,835 and $3,801, respectively, are restricted)
$
27,489

 
$
32,145

Interest-bearing deposits
103,869

 
75,428

Total cash and cash equivalents
131,358

 
107,573

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value
432,542

 
372,968

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
7,172

 
7,441

Loans held for sale
3,389

 
18,043

Non-covered loans, net of allowance for loan losses
871,593

 
835,987

Covered loans, net of allowance for loan losses
137,333

 
214,087

Total loans
1,008,926

 
1,050,074

Premises and equipment, net
35,038

 
36,751

Bank owned life insurance
17,836

 
17,704

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
5,588

 
6,027

Non-covered other real estate owned
3,067

 
3,023

Covered other real estate owned
5,980

 
13,460

FDIC indemnification asset
14,536

 
34,571

Other assets
18,556

 
20,042

Total assets
$
1,683,988

 
$
1,687,677

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 

 
 

Liabilities:
 

 
 

Deposits
 

 
 

Noninterest-bearing demand
$
265,412

 
$
261,310

Interest-bearing
1,202,080

 
1,201,663

Total deposits
1,467,492

 
1,462,973

Junior subordinated debentures
25,774

 
25,774

Other liabilities
10,792

 
16,306

Total liabilities
1,504,058

 
1,505,053

Commitments and contingencies


 


Shareholders' Equity:
 

 
 

Common stock, no par value; 35,000,000 shares authorized; 15,538,969 and 15,483,598 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
86,714

 
85,707

Retained earnings
98,431

 
92,234

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(5,215
)
 
4,683

Total shareholders' equity
179,930

 
182,624

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
1,683,988

 
$
1,687,677







See notes to consolidated financial statements

50


Table of Contents


WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on non-covered loans
 
$
44,166

 
$
46,530

 
$
49,760

Interest and fees on covered loans
 
23,710

 
36,418

 
34,819

Interest on taxable investment securities
 
5,720

 
5,333

 
3,967

Interest on tax-exempt investment securities
 
1,557

 
1,178

 
902

Other
 
206

 
251

 
259

Total interest income
 
75,359

 
89,710

 
89,707

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on deposits
 
4,942

 
6,581

 
9,492

Interest on junior subordinated debentures
 
478

 
532

 
489

Total interest expense
 
5,420

 
7,113

 
9,981

Net interest income
 
69,939

 
82,597

 
79,726

Provision for loan losses, non-covered loans
 
1,875

 
7,100

 
10,500

Provision (recovery) of loan losses, covered loans
 
12,740

 
2,644

 
(450
)
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
55,324

 
72,853

 
69,676

Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges and fees
 
3,401

 
3,560

 
3,818

Electronic banking income
 
4,101

 
3,666

 
3,197

Investment products
 
771

 
1,295

 
1,072

Gain on sale of investment securities, net
 
556

 
931

 

Bank owned life insurance income
 
132

 
191

 
311

Income from the sale of mortgage loans
 
3,267

 
3,848

 
1,197

SBA premium income
 
894

 
602

 
444

Change in FDIC indemnification asset
 
5,735

 
(9,126
)
 
(9,232
)
Gain on disposition of covered assets
 
2,315

 
1,877

 
6,312

Other
 
1,173

 
1,402

 
2,093

Total noninterest income
 
22,345

 
8,246

 
9,212

Noninterest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and benefits
 
30,909

 
29,944

 
27,496

Occupancy and equipment
 
7,287

 
6,883

 
6,553

Office supplies and printing
 
1,501

 
1,643

 
1,665

Data processing
 
2,185

 
2,134

 
1,916

Consulting and professional fees
 
849

 
904

 
1,152

Intangible amortization
 
439

 
512

 
622

Merger related expenses
 
652

 

 
324

FDIC premiums
 
1,091

 
1,281

 
1,818

FDIC clawback liability adjustment
 
(88
)
 
1,680

 
1,576

Non-covered OREO and repossession expenses, net
 
2,227

 
1,841

 
1,358

Covered OREO and repossession expenses, net
 
1,696

 
1,699

 
2,192

Other
 
7,553

 
7,878

 
9,153

Total noninterest expense
 
56,301

 
56,399

 
55,825

Income before provision for income tax
 
21,368

 
24,700

 
23,063

Provision for income tax
 
6,872

 
7,856

 
7,111

Net income before preferred dividends
 
14,496

 
16,844

 
15,952

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
 

 

 
1,084

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
14,868

Net income available per common share, basic
 
$
0.94

 
$
1.09

 
$
0.97

Net income available per common share, diluted
 
$
0.93

 
$
1.09

 
$
0.97

Average number of common shares outstanding, basic
 
15,495,000

 
15,422,000

 
15,329,000

Average number of common shares outstanding, diluted
 
15,551,000

 
15,455,000

 
15,393,000

See notes to consolidated financial statements


51


Table of Contents

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net income before preferred dividends
 
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
15,952

Investment securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 

Unrealized (losses) gains arising in period
 
(14,672
)
 
3,292

 
4,548

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in earnings (net of tax expense of $195 and $325 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.)
 
(361
)
 
(606
)
 

Income tax (benefit) provision related to unrealized (losses) gains
 
(5,135
)
 
1,152

 
1,592

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
 
(9,898
)
 
1,534

 
2,956

Total comprehensive income
 
$
4,598

 
$
18,378

 
$
18,908




























See notes to consolidated financial statements


52


Table of Contents

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
 (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)

 
 
 
Common stock
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
Total shareholders' equity
 
Preferred stock amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Retained earnings
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
25,334

 
15,321

 
$
85,264

 
$
71,307

 
$
193

 
$
182,098

Comprehensive income:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 

 
15,952

 

 
15,952

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 
2,956

 
2,956

Redemption of preferred stock
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  issued to U.S. Treasury
(26,380
)
 

 

 

 

 
(26,380
)
Repurchase of warrant issued
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  to U.S. Treasury

 

 
(1,625
)
 

 

 
(1,625
)
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
1,046

 

 

 
(1,084
)
 

 
(38
)
Cash dividends on common stock,
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  $0.20 per share

 

 

 
(3,068
)
 

 
(3,068
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
623

 

 

 
623

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

 
77

 
301

 

 

 
301

Tax benefit associated with stock awards

 

 
1

 

 

 
1

Balance at December 31, 2011
$

 
15,398

 
$
84,564

 
$
83,107

 
$
3,149

 
$
170,820

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2012
$

 
15,398

 
$
84,564

 
$
83,107

 
$
3,149

 
$
170,820

Comprehensive income:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 

 
16,844

 

 
16,844

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 
1,534

 
1,534

Cash dividends on common stock,
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  $0.50 per share

 

 

 
(7,717
)
 

 
(7,717
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
811

 

 

 
811

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

 
86

 
301

 

 

 
301

Tax benefit associated with stock awards

 

 
31

 

 

 
31

Balance at December 31, 2012
$

 
15,484

 
$
85,707

 
$
92,234

 
$
4,683

 
$
182,624

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2013
$

 
15,484

 
$
85,707

 
$
92,234

 
$
4,683

 
$
182,624

Comprehensive income:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income

 

 

 
14,496

 

 
14,496

Other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

 

 
(9,898
)
 
(9,898
)
Cash dividends on common stock,
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

  $0.54 per share

 

 

 
(8,299
)
 

 
(8,299
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
878

 

 

 
878

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

 
55

 
124

 

 

 
124

Tax benefit associated with stock awards

 

 
5

 

 

 
5

Balance at December 31, 2013
$

 
15,539

 
$
86,714

 
$
98,431

 
$
(5,215
)
 
$
179,930







See notes to consolidated financial statements
WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
15,952

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Amortization of investment security premiums, net
2,894

 
2,435

 
1,007

Depreciation
2,564

 
2,419

 
2,101

Intangible amortization
439

 
512

 
622

Provision for loan losses, non-covered loans
1,875

 
7,100

 
10,500

Provision (recovery) for loan losses, covered loans
12,740

 
2,644

 
(450
)
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
(132
)
 
(191
)
 
(311
)
Net gain on sale of investment securities
(556
)
 
(931
)
 

Net loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment
2

 
11

 
(74
)
Net gain on sale of non-covered other real estate owned
(54
)
 
(145
)
 
(62
)
Net gain on sale of covered other real estate owned
(1,535
)
 
(2,733
)
 
(6,526
)
Net gain on sale of loans held for sale
(3,267
)
 
(3,848
)
 
(1,197
)
Origination of loans held for sale
(137,575
)
 
(203,550
)
 
(139,264
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
155,496

 
211,776

 
129,016

Valuation adjustment on non-covered other real estate owned
1,323

 
844

 
272

Valuation adjustment on covered other real estate owned
2,033

 
3,704

 
6,672

Deferred taxes
2,503

 
(3,198
)
 
2,419

Change in FDIC indemnification asset
(5,735
)
 
9,126

 
9,232

Stock-based compensation
878

 
811

 
623

Excess tax benefit from stock awards
(5
)
 
(31
)
 
(1
)
Net change in assets and liabilities:
 

 
 

 
 
Net decrease in other assets
20,763

 
18,745

 
18,349

Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities
(5,514
)
 
8,562

 
2,897

Net cash provided by operating activities
63,633

 
70,906

 
51,777

Cash flows from investing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale
(143,563
)
 
(197,558
)
 
(189,494
)
Proceeds from investment securities available for sale
66,423

 
121,402

 
95,306

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
269

 
135

 

Net decrease (increase) in non-covered loans and covered loans
19,519

 
(5,553
)
 
91,750

Purchases of premises and equipment
(853
)
 
(1,698
)
 
(2,209
)
Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 
9

 
537

Proceeds from sale of non-covered other real estate owned
2,754

 
2,866

 
5,181

Proceeds from sale of covered other real estate owned
19,495

 
21,907

 
28,760

Capitalization of non-covered other real estate owned improvements
(241
)
 

 

Capitalization of covered other real estate owned improvements

 

 
(697
)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
$
(36,197
)
 
$
(58,490
)
 
$
29,134





See notes to consolidated financial statements

53


Table of Contents


WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
$
4,519

 
$
(3,371
)
 
$
(25,876
)
Redemption of preferred stock

 

 
(26,380
)
Repurchase of common stock warrant

 

 
(1,625
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
124

 
301

 
301

Excess tax benefits from stock awards
5

 
31

 
1

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

 
(38
)
Dividends paid on common stock
(8,299
)
 
(7,717
)
 
(3,068
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(3,651
)
 
(10,756
)
 
(56,685
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
23,785

 
1,660

 
24,226

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
107,573

 
105,913

 
81,687

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
131,358

 
$
107,573

 
$
105,913

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 

 
 

 
 

Cash paid during the period for:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest
$
5,548

 
$
7,350

 
$
10,285

Income taxes
$
10,500

 
$
1,500

 
$
7,400

Supplemental disclosures about noncash investing and financing activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Change in fair value of investment securities available for sale, net of tax
$
(9,898
)
 
$
1,534

 
$
2,956

Transfer of non-covered loans to non-covered other real estate owned
$
3,826

 
$
4,612

 
$
3,245

Transfer of covered loans to covered other real estate owned
$
12,513

 
$
9,716

 
$
25,065
















See notes to consolidated financial statements


54


Table of Contents

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
( a)  Description of Business : Washington Banking Company (the “Company”) was formed on April 30, 1996, and is a registered bank holding company whose primary business is conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Whidbey Island Bank (the “Bank”). The business of the Bank, which is focused in the northern area of Western Washington, consists primarily of attracting deposits from the general public and originating loans. The Company and the Bank have formed several subsidiaries for various purposes as follows:
Washington Banking Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Trust was formed in June 2002 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. During the second quarter of 2007 the Trust was closed after the trust preferred securities were paid off. See Note (13) Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures for further details.

Washington Banking Master Trust (the “Master Trust”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Master Trust was formed in April 2007 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. See Note (13) Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debenture s for further details.

Rural One, LLC (“Rural One”) is a majority-owned subsidiary of the Bank and is certified as a Community Development Entity by the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund of the United States Department of Treasury. Rural One was formed in September 2006, for the exclusive purpose of investing in Federal tax credits related to the New Markets Tax Credit program. See Note (14) Income Taxes for further details.

(b) Basis of Presentation:   The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries Whidbey Island Bank and Rural One LLC, as described above.  The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reported periods.  Actual results could differ from these estimates. Management considers the estimates used in developing the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of covered loans and the FDIC indemnification asset and determining the fair value of financial assets and liabilities to be particularly sensitive estimates that may be subject to revision in the near term.

(c)  Recent Financial Accounting Pronouncements: In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . The ASU requires an entity to offset, and present as a single net amount, a recognized eligible asset and a recognized eligible liability when it has an unconditional and legally enforceable right of setoff and intends either to settle the asset and liability on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The ASU requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-2, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment .  This ASU states that an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount, in accordance with Codification Subtopic 350-30, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill. Under guidance in this ASU, an entity also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before July 27, 2012, if a public entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


55



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-06, Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution .  The ASU clarifies that when an entity recognizes an indemnification asset as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution and subsequently, a change in the cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset occurs, as a result of a change in cash flows expected to be collected on the assets subject to indemnification, the reporting entity should subsequently account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . ASU No. 2013-01 clarifies that ASU No. 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. Entities with other types of financial assets and financial liabilities subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement are no longer subject to the disclosure requirements in ASU No. 2011-11. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income , to improve the transparency of reporting these reclassifications. The ASU does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements but requires an entity to disaggregate the total change of each component of other comprehensive income and separately present reclassification adjustments and current period other comprehensive income. The provisions of this ASU also requires that entities present either in a single note or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements, the effect of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income based on its source and the income statement line item affected by the reclassification. If a component is not required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety, entities would instead cross reference to the related note to the financial statements for additional information. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . The ASU requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. No new recurring disclosures are required. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013, and are to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects . ASU 2014-04 permits an entity to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognize the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently reviewing the requirements of ASU No. 2014-01, but does not expect the ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

56



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure . ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and can be applied with a modified retrospective transition method or prospectively. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

(d)  Cash and Cash Equivalents:   For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and due from banks, interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of three months or less.

( e)  Investment Securities:   Investment securities available for sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its overall asset/liability management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates and resultant prepayment risk and other related factors.  Securities available for sale are carried at market value, and unrealized gains and losses (net of related tax effects) are excluded from net income but are included as a separate component of comprehensive income. Upon realization, such gains and losses will be included in net income using the specific identification method. Declines in the fair value of individual securities available-for-sale below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Such write-downs are included in earnings as realized losses.

Accounting guidance related to the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of debt securities became effective in the second quarter of 2009.  A company must consider whether it intends to sell a security or if it is likely that they would be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity. For debt securities, if we intend to sell the security or it is likely that we will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost basis, the entire impairment loss would be recognized in earnings as an OTTI. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the security but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit losses would be recognized in earnings. The credit loss on a security is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Projected cash flows are discounted by the original or current effective interest rate depending on the nature of the security being measured for potential OTTI. The remaining impairment related to all other factors, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and fair value, is recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Impairment losses related to all other factors are presented as separate categories within OCI. For investment securities held to maturity, this amount is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security prospectively based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows. The accretion of the amount recorded in OCI increases the carrying value of the investment and does not affect earnings. If there is an indication of additional credit losses the security is re-evaluated according to the procedures described above.

Investment securities held to maturity are comprised of debt securities for which the Company has positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method over the estimated lives of the securities. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income over the period to maturity.  Premiums are amortized to the earliest call date while discounts are accreted to maturity.

(f)  Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: The Bank’s investment in FHLB stock is carried at par value, which approximates its fair value.  As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on specific percentages of the Bank’s outstanding mortgages, total assets or FHLB advances. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s minimum required investment was approximately $1.6 million . Amounts in excess of the required minimum for FHLB membership may be redeemed at par at FHLB’s discretion, which is subject to their capital plan, bank policies, and regulatory requirements, which may be amended or revised periodically.


57



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary or permanent impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB.

In September 2012, the FHLB of Seattle was notified by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“Finance Agency”) that it is now classified as “adequately capitalized” as compared to the prior classification of “undercapitalized.” Under Finance Agency regulations, the FHLB of Seattle may repurchase excess capital stock under certain conditions; however, they may not redeem stock or pay a dividend without Finance Agency approval. Based on the above, the Company has determined there is not an other-than-temporary impairment on the FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2013.

(g)  Loans Held for Sale:   Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. When a loan is sold, the gain is recognized in the consolidated statement of income as the proceeds less the book value of the loan including unamortized fees and capitalized direct costs.

(h)  Non-Covered   Loans:   Loans are stated at the unpaid principal balance, net of premiums, unearned discounts, net deferred loan origination fees and costs and the allowance for loan losses.

Interest on loans is calculated using the simple interest method based on the daily balance of the principal amount outstanding and is credited to income as earned.

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful (generally, loans are 90 days or more past due). Indirect consumer loans are charged-off immediately when collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful (generally, loans are 90 days or more past due).

Loans are reported as restructured when the Bank grants a concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include forgiveness of principal or accrued interest, extending the maturity date(s) or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for a transaction of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are impaired as the Bank will not collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based upon currently known information, it is deemed probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due as scheduled according to the original terms of the agreement.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.

Interest income previously accrued on nonaccrual loans, but not yet received, is reversed in the period the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.  Subsequent payments received are generally applied to principal.  However, based on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of an impaired or nonaccrual loan, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis.  Nonaccrual loans are returned to an accrual status when management determines the circumstances have improved to the extent that there has been a sustained period of repayment performance and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the interest method over the estimated life of the individual loans, adjusted for actual prepayments.


58



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(i)  Covered Loans: Loans acquired in a FDIC-assisted acquisition, that are subject to a loss share agreement, are referred to as “covered loans” and are reported separately in our consolidated balance sheets.  Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements expected from the FDIC.

Acquired loans are valued as of acquisition date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 805, Business Combinations . Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality . In addition, because of the significant discounts associated with the acquired portfolios, the Company elected to account for all acquired loans under ASC 310-30.

In accordance with FASB ASC 310-30, acquired loans are aggregated into pools, based on individually evaluated common risk characteristics, and aggregate expected cash flows were estimated for each pool. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation. The Bank aggregated all of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of City Bank and North County Bank into 18 and 14 pools, respectively. A loan will be removed from a pool of loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, assets are received in satisfaction of the loan (paid off), or the loan is written off, and will be removed from the pool at the carrying value. If an individual loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between its carrying amount and the cash, fair value of the collateral, or other assets received will be recognized in income immediately and would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable difference on the remaining pool. Loans originally placed into a performing pool will not be reported individually as 30 - 89 days past due, non-performing (90+ days past due or nonaccrual) or accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring as the pool is the unit of accounting. Rather, these metrics related to the underlying loans within a performing pool will be considered in our ongoing assessment and estimates of future cash flows. If, at acquisition, the loans are collateral dependent and acquired primarily for the rewards of ownership of the underlying collateral, or if cash flows expected to be collected cannot be reasonably estimated, accrual of income is inappropriate. Such loans will be placed into nonperforming (nonaccrual) loan pools.

The cash flows expected to be received over the life of the pool were estimated by management with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist. These cash flows were input into a ASC 310-30 compliant accounting loan system which calculates the carrying values of the pools and underlying loans, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on actual and projected events. Default rates, loss severity and prepayment speed assumptions will be periodically reassessed and updated within the accounting model to update the expectation of future cash flows. The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the pool’s carrying value is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the estimated life of the loan or pool using the effective yield method. The accretable yield will change due to changes in the timing and amounts of expected cash flows. For the performing loan pools, a prepayment assumption, as documented by the valuation specialist, is initially applied. Changes in the accretable yield will be disclosed quarterly.

The excess of the contractual balances due over the cash flows expected to be collected is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents the estimate of the credit losses expected to occur and was considered in determining the fair value of the loans as of the acquisition date. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date in excess of fair value are adjusted through the accretable difference on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date are recognized by recording a provision for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the pool at its carrying amount. 

The covered loans acquired are and will continue to be subject to the Company’s internal and external credit review and monitoring. If credit deterioration is experienced subsequent to the initial acquisition fair value amount, such deterioration will be measured, and a provision for credit losses will be charged to earnings. These provisions will be mostly offset by an increase to the FDIC indemnification asset, and will be recognized in noninterest income.


59



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(j) Allowance for Loan Losses:   The allowance for loan losses is based upon the Company’s estimates. The Company determines the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses based on evaluations of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience and other factors, including economic and market conditions. The Company determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses required for certain sectors based on relative risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Actual losses may vary from current estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically and as adjustments become necessary, are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. The allowance for loan losses is increased by charging to the provision for loan losses. Losses are charged to the allowance and recoveries are credited to the allowance.

(k) Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  The estimated useful lives used to compute depreciation and amortization include buildings and building improvements, 15 to 40 years ; land improvements, 15 to 25 years ; furniture, fixtures and equipment, 3 to 7 years ; and leasehold improvements, lesser of useful life or life of the lease.

(l)  Bank Owned Life Insurance:  During the second quarters of 2007 and 2004, the Bank made $5.0 million and $10.0 million investments, respectively, in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”). These policies insure the lives of officers of the Bank, and name the Bank as beneficiary. Noninterest income is generated tax-free (subject to certain limitations) from the increase in the policies' underlying investments made by the insurance company.  The Bank is capitalizing on the ability to partially offset costs associated with employee compensation and benefit programs with the BOLI.

(m)  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net: Intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and other intangibles acquired in business combinations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized to their estimated residual values over their respective estimated useful lives, and also reviewed for impairment. Amortization of intangible assets is included as a separate line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income .

The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis on an annual basis as of December 31. Additionally, the Company performs a goodwill impairment evaluation on an interim basis when events or circumstances indicate impairment potentially exists. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and unanticipated competition.

The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, the Company would be required to proceed to the second step. In the second step the Company calculates the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the Company is allocated to all of the Company’s assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized identifiable intangible assets, as if the Company had been acquired in a business combination and the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is the price paid to acquire it. The allocation process is performed only for purposes of determining the amount of goodwill impairment. No assets or liabilities are written up or down, nor are any additional unrecognized identifiable intangible assets recorded as a part of this process. Any excess of the estimated purchase price over the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets represents the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss would be recognized as a charge to earnings in an amount equal to that excess.

GAAP also permits an entity an option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Step 1 quantitative impairment analysis described above is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company performed its annual evaluation for goodwill impairment. This evaluation indicated no impairment of the Company's goodwill.


60



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(n)  Non-Covered Other Real Estate Owned:   Non-covered other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure. These properties are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated selling costs.  Losses arising from the initial acquisition of property, in full or partial satisfaction of loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Subsequent to the transfer to other real estate owned, these assets continue to be recorded at the lower of cost or fair value (less estimated cost to sell), based on periodic evaluations.  Generally, legal and professional fees associated with foreclosures are expensed as incurred.  However, in no event are recorded costs allowed to exceed fair value.  Subsequent gains, losses or expenses recognized on the sale of these properties are included in noninterest income or expense.

(o) Covered Other Real Estate Owned: All other real estate owned (“OREO”) acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisitions that are subject to an FDIC loss-share agreement are referred to as “covered other real estate owned” and reported separately in our statements of financial position. Covered OREO is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Foreclosed covered loan collateral is transferred into covered OREO at the carrying value or fair value, less selling costs, whichever is less.

Covered OREO was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on similar market comparable valuations less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent valuation adjustments due to declines in fair value will be charged to noninterest expense, and will be mostly offset by noninterest income representing the corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset for the offsetting loss reimbursement amount. Any recoveries of previous valuation adjustments will be credited to noninterest expense with a corresponding charge to noninterest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.

(p)  FDIC Indemnification Asset: The Company has elected to account for amounts receivable under the loss share agreement as an indemnification asset in accordance with FASB ASC 805. The FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss share agreement. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC will be accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset.

The FDIC indemnification asset is reviewed quarterly and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of the covered portfolio. These adjustments are measured on the same basis as the related covered loans and covered other real estate owned. Any increases in cash flow of the covered assets over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the covered assets under those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income.

(q)  Federal Income Taxes:   The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities for a change in tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

A valuation allowance is required on deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realization of the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, including income and losses in recent years, the forecast of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. The Company considers both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets. The calculation of our provision for federal income taxes is complex and requires the use of estimates and significant judgments in arriving at the amount of tax benefits to be recognized in the financial statements for a given tax position. It is possible that the tax benefits realized upon the ultimate resolution of a tax position may result in tax benefits that are significantly different from those estimated.


61



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized no interest or penalties.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2010.

(r)  Stock-Based Compensation: The Company has one active stock-based compensation plan. In accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation ,   the Company recognizes in the income statement the grant date fair value of stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period). Stock options vest over a period of no greater than five years from the date of grant. Additionally, the right to exercise the option terminates ten years from the date of grant.

The Company measures the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of the grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted is determined based on historical experience with similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms and vesting schedules, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected dividend yield is based on dividend trends and the market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The Company did not grant any options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

(s)  Earnings Per Share: According to the revised provisions of FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share , nonvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Net income, less any preferred dividends accumulated for the period (whether or not declared), is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method, based on their rights to receive dividends, participate in earnings or absorb losses. Basic earnings per common share   is computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating nonvested restricted shares.

(t)  Advertising Expenses: Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs were $524 thousand , $917 thousand and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(u) F air Value Measurements: FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market-derived or market-based information obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our estimates about market data.

In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.


62



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

(v)  Reclassifications:   Certain amounts in previous years may have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no significant impact on the Company’s previously reported results of operations or financial condition.

(w)  Subsequent Events: The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2013, for potential recognition or disclosure.  See Note (25) Subsequent Events for further details.

(2) Proposed Merger with Heritage Financial Corporation

On October 23, 2013, the Company and Heritage Financial Corporation (“Heritage”) jointly announced the signing of a definitive agreement under which the Company and Heritage will enter into a strategic merger to create one of the premier community banking franchises in Western Washington and the Pacific Northwest. Consummation of the transaction remains subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of requisite shareholder approvals.

In connection with the proposed merger, the Company has incurred merger related expenses of approximately $652 thousand , principally legal and professional services, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

(3) Restrictions on Cash Balance

The Company is required to maintain an average reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank or maintain such reserve balance in the form of cash.  The amount of the required reserve balance was $3.8 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and was met by holding cash with the Federal Reserve Bank.


63



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(4) Investment Securities

The following table presents the amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no investment securities classified as held to maturity or trading.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Amortized cost
 
Unrealized gains
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
U.S. government agencies
$
85,631

 
$
706

 
$
(665
)
 
$
85,672

Residential pass-through securities
185,677

 
589

 
(5,457
)
 
180,809

Taxable state and political subdivisions
2,294

 
174

 

 
2,468

Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
74,761

 
1,420

 
(1,374
)
 
74,807

Corporate obligations
11,000

 
21

 
(88
)
 
10,933

Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
55,579

 
18

 
(1,452
)
 
54,145

Asset-backed securities
23,597

 

 
(1,781
)
 
21,816

Investments in mutual funds and other equities
2,018

 

 
(126
)
 
1,892

Total investment securities available for sale
$
440,557

 
$
2,928

 
$
(10,943
)
 
$
432,542


(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized cost
 
Unrealized gains
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
U.S. government agencies
$
87,297

 
$
1,321

 
$
(32
)
 
$
88,586

Residential pass-through securities
165,175

 
3,430

 
(182
)
 
168,423

Taxable state and political subdivisions
4,759

 
553

 

 
5,312

Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
56,431

 
2,703

 
(149
)
 
58,985

Corporate obligations
11,000

 

 
(565
)
 
10,435

Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
13,967

 
79

 

 
14,046

Asset-backed securities
25,108

 
150

 
(70
)
 
25,188

Investments in mutual funds and other equities
2,018

 

 
(25
)
 
1,993

Total investment securities available for sale
$
365,755

 
$
8,236

 
$
(1,023
)
 
$
372,968

 

64



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(4)  Investment Securities (continued)


Investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012, are presented in the following tables, based on the length of time individual securities have been in an unrealized loss position. In the opinion of management, these securities are considered only temporarily impaired due to changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of the securities, and not due to concerns regarding the underlying credit of the issuers or the underlying collateral.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
U.S. government agencies
$
40,528

 
$
(665
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
40,528

 
$
(665
)
Residential pass-through securities
$
110,071

 
$
(3,262
)
 
$
31,494

 
$
(2,195
)
 
$
141,565

 
$
(5,457
)
Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
35,360

 
(990
)
 
6,593

 
(384
)
 
41,953

 
(1,374
)
Corporate obligations
2,997

 
(4
)
 
2,916

 
(84
)
 
5,913

 
(88
)
Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
49,230

 
(1,452
)
 

 

 
49,230

 
(1,452
)
Asset-backed securities
8,718

 
(482
)
 
13,097

 
(1,299
)
 
21,815

 
(1,781
)
Investments in mutual funds and other equities

 

 
2,018

 
(126
)
 
2,018

 
(126
)
Total investment securities available for sale
$
246,904

 
$
(6,855
)
 
$
56,118

 
$
(4,088
)
 
$
303,022

 
$
(10,943
)
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
 
Unrealized losses
U.S. government agencies
$
12,056

 
$
(32
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
12,056

 
$
(32
)
Residential pass-through securities
27,680

 
(182
)
 

 

 
27,680

 
(182
)
Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
10,113

 
(149
)
 

 

 
10,113

 
(149
)
Corporate obligations

 

 
10,435

 
(565
)
 
10,435

 
(565
)
Asset-backed securities
9,856

 
(70
)
 

 

 
9,856

 
(70
)
Investments in mutual funds and other equities

 

 
1,993

 
(25
)
 
1,993

 
(25
)
Total investment securities available for sale
$
59,705

 
$
(433
)
 
$
12,428

 
$
(590
)
 
$
72,133

 
$
(1,023
)

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were 96 and 25 investment securities in unrealized loss positions, respectively.  For each security in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether it intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company will separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

65



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(4)  Investment Securities (continued)


The Company does not intend to sell the securities that are temporarily impaired, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell those securities before recovery of the cost basis. Additionally, the Company has evaluated the credit ratings of its investment securities and their issuers and/or insurers, as applicable. Based on the Company’s evaluation, management has determined that no investment security in the Company’s investment portfolio was other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities, by maturity, are shown in the table below.  The amortized cost and fair value of residential pass-through securities, agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities are presented by expected average life, rather than contractual maturity.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Amortized cost
 
Fair value
Three months or less
$
2,000

 
$
2,011

Over three months to one year
4,231

 
4,320

After one year through three years
54,220

 
55,008

After three years through five years
241,061

 
235,756

After five years through ten years
80,002

 
78,254

After ten years
59,043

 
57,193

Total
$
440,557

 
$
432,542


The following table presents investment securities which were pledged to secure borrowings and public deposits as permitted or required by law:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Amortized cost
 
Fair value
To state and local governments to secure public deposits
$
71,045

 
$
71,078

To Federal Reserve Bank to secure borrowings
17,921

 
17,865

To Federal Home Loan Bank to secure borrowings
521

 
539

Other securities pledged, principally to secure deposits
12,568

 
12,965

Total pledged investment securities
$
102,055

 
$
102,447


The following table presents the gross realized gains and gross realized losses on the sale of investment securities available for sale:
(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
2011
Gross realized gains
556

 
933


Gross realized losses

 
(2
)

Gain on sale of investment securities, net
$
556

 
$
931

$



66



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(5)  Non-Covered Loans

The following table presents the major types of non-covered loans. The classification of non-covered loan balances presented is reported in accordance with regulatory reporting requirements.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Commercial
$
179,914

 
$
162,481

Real estate mortgage
489,148

 
452,627

Real estate construction
56,248

 
81,398

Consumer
161,673

 
154,890

 
886,983

 
851,396

Deferred loan costs, net
1,703

 
1,738

Allowance for loan losses
(17,093
)
 
(17,147
)
Total non-covered loans, net
$
871,593

 
$
835,987


67



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality

Activity in the Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses

The following table summarizes activity related to the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans, by portfolio segment:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Commercial
 
Real estate mortgage
 
Real estate construction
 
Consumer
 
Total
Beginning balance
$
4,405

 
$
6,516

 
$
3,050

 
$
3,176

 
$
17,147

Provision
245

 
353

 
(372
)
 
1,649

 
1,875

Charge-offs
(562
)
 
(225
)
 
(70
)
 
(2,439
)
 
(3,296
)
Recoveries
235

 
183

 
442

 
507

 
1,367

Ending Balance
$
4,323

 
$
6,827

 
$
3,050

 
$
2,893

 
$
17,093

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Commercial
 
Real estate mortgage
 
Real estate construction
 
Consumer
 
Total
Beginning balance
$
4,034

 
$
6,500

 
$
4,046

 
$
3,452

 
$
18,032

Provision
1,763

 
2,889

 
1,699

 
749

 
7,100

Charge-offs
(1,640
)
 
(3,311
)
 
(2,706
)
 
(1,526
)
 
(9,183
)
Recoveries
248

 
438

 
11

 
501

 
1,198

Ending Balance
$
4,405

 
$
6,516

 
$
3,050

 
$
3,176

 
$
17,147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The Company had an additional allowance for loan losses for covered loans of $14.6 million , $3.3 million and $870 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  See Note (7) for discussion on covered assets.

The following tables provides a summary of the allowance for non-covered loan losses and related non-covered loans, by portfolio segment:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Commercial
 
Real estate mortgage
 
Real estate construction
 
Consumer
 
Total
Allowance for non-covered loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,578

 
$
1,558

 
$
1,226

 
$
44

 
$
4,406

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2,745

 
5,269

 
1,824

 
2,849

 
12,687

Total allowance for non-covered loan losses
$
4,323

 
$
6,827

 
$
3,050

 
$
2,893

 
$
17,093

Non-covered loans:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
8,254

 
$
12,612

 
$
11,513

 
$
439

 
$
32,818

Collectively evaluated for impairment
171,660

 
476,536

 
44,735

 
161,234

 
854,165

Total non-covered loans (1)
$
179,914

 
$
489,148

 
$
56,248

 
$
161,673

 
$
886,983

 
(1) Total non-covered loans excludes deferred loan costs of $1.7 million .

68



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
Commercial
 
Real estate mortgage
 
Real estate construction
 
Consumer
 
Total
Allowance for non-covered loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,468

 
$
1,154

 
$
881

 
$
52

 
$
3,555

Collectively evaluated for impairment
2,937

 
5,362

 
2,169

 
3,124

 
13,592

Total allowance for non-covered loan losses
$
4,405

 
$
6,516

 
$
3,050

 
$
3,176

 
$
17,147

Non-covered loans:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
$
9,974

 
$
11,357

 
$
19,607

 
$
916

 
$
41,854

Collectively evaluated for impairment
152,507

 
441,270

 
61,791

 
153,974

 
809,542

Total non-covered loans (1)
$
162,481

 
$
452,627

 
$
81,398

 
$
154,890

 
$
851,396

   
(1) Total non-covered loans excludes deferred loan costs of $1.7 million .

Credit Quality and Nonperforming Non-Covered Loans

The Company manages credit quality and controls its credit risk through lending limits, credit review, approval policies and extensive, ongoing internal monitoring. Through this monitoring process, nonperforming loans are identified. Non-covered nonperforming loans consist of non-covered nonaccrual loans.  Non-covered nonperforming loans are assessed for potential loss exposure on an individual or homogeneous group basis.

A loan is considered impaired when, based upon currently known information, it is deemed probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due as scheduled according to the original terms of the agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful (generally when loans are 90 days or more past due).   Loans placed on nonaccrual will typically remain on nonaccrual status until all principal and interest payments are brought current, there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six months) and the prospects for future payments, in accordance with the loan agreement, appear relatively certain.

Interest income previously accrued on nonaccrual loans, but not yet received, is reversed in the period the loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Payments received are generally applied to principal. However, based on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of an impaired or nonaccrual loan, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. Nonaccrual loans are returned to an accrual status when management determines the circumstances have improved to the extent that there has been a sustained period of repayment performance and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.



69



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

Non-Covered Impaired Loans

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had non-covered impaired loans which consisted of nonaccrual loans and restructured loans.  As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had no commitments to extend additional credit on these non-covered impaired loans.  Non-covered impaired loans and the related allowance for loan losses were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Recorded investment
 
Allowance
 
Recorded investment
 
Allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
$
8,123

 
$

 
$
15,479

 
$

Restructured loans
4,118

 

 
8,635

 

Total with no related allowance
$
12,241

 
$

 
$
24,114

 
$

With an allowance recorded:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Nonaccrual loans
$
286

 
$
10

 
$
72

 
$
5

Restructured loans
20,291

 
4,396

 
17,668

 
3,550

Total with an allowance recorded
20,577

 
4,406

 
17,740

 
3,555

Total
$
32,818

 
$
4,406

 
$
41,854

 
$
3,555


70



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

The following table further summarizes impaired non-covered loans, by class:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Recorded investment
 
Unpaid principal balance
 
Related allowance
 
Recorded investment
 
Unpaid principal balance
 
Related allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
2,558

 
$
3,036

 
$

 
$
3,737

 
$
4,231

 
$

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
544

 
629

 

 
938

 
1,132

 

Multi-family and commercial
2,766

 
2,981

 

 
3,605

 
4,283

 

Total real estate mortgages
3,310

 
3,610

 

 
4,543

 
5,415

 

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
6,255

 
9,773

 

 
15,251

 
23,133

 

Total real estate construction
6,255

 
9,773

 

 
15,251

 
23,133

 

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Direct
118

 
269

 

 
583

 
1,017

 

Total consumer
118

 
269

 

 
583

 
1,017

 

Total with no related allowance recorded
$
12,241

 
$
16,688

 
$

 
$
24,114

 
$
33,796

 
$

With an allowance recorded:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial
$
5,696

 
$
5,711

 
$
1,578

 
$
6,237

 
$
6,237

 
$
1,468

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
728

 
728

 
81

 
524

 
524

 
53

Multi-family and commercial
8,574

 
8,960

 
1,477

 
6,290

 
6,657

 
1,101

Total real estate mortgages
9,302

 
9,688

 
1,558

 
6,814

 
7,181

 
1,154

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
5,010

 
5,010

 
1,182

 
4,094

 
4,112

 
855

Multi-family and commercial
248

 
248

 
44

 
262

 
262

 
26

Total real estate construction
5,258

 
5,258

 
1,226

 
4,356

 
4,374

 
881

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Direct
321

 
322

 
44

 
333

 
333

 
52

Total consumer
321

 
322

 
44

 
333

 
333

 
52

Total with an allowance recorded
20,577

 
20,979

 
4,406

 
17,740

 
18,125

 
3,555

Total impaired non-covered loans
$
32,818

 
$
37,667

 
$
4,406

 
$
41,854

 
$
51,921

 
$
3,555


The average recorded investment in non-covered impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $37.3 million , $45.2 million and $47.2 million , respectively. Interest income recognized on non-covered impaired loans was $438 thousand , $605 thousand and $375 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Additional interest income of $151 thousand , $599 thousand and $1.7 million would have been recognized had the non-covered impaired loans accrued interest, in accordance with their original terms, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.



71



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A troubled debt restructured loan is classified as a restructuring when the Company grants a concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include forgiveness of principal or accrued interest, extending the maturity date(s) or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for a transaction of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are considered impaired as the Company will not collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement.

Troubled debt restructurings were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Accrual status
 
Nonaccrual status
 
Total modifications
 
Accrual status
 
Nonaccrual status
 
Total modifications
Troubled debt restructurings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
6,077

 
$
506

 
$
6,583

 
$
7,008

 
$
1,160

 
$
8,168

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
765

 
320

 
1,085

 
573

 
340

 
913

Multi-family and commercial
10,457

 
843

 
11,300

 
7,993

 
1,823

 
9,816

Total real estate mortgage
11,222

 
1,163

 
12,385

 
8,566

 
2,163

 
10,729

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
6,540

 
4,664

 
11,204

 
10,135

 
9,013

 
19,148

Multi-family and commercial
248

 

 
248

 
262

 

 
262

Total real estate construction
6,788

 
4,664

 
11,452

 
10,397

 
9,013

 
19,410

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Direct
322

 
32

 
354

 
332

 
20

 
352

Total consumer
322

 
32

 
354

 
332

 
20

 
352

Total restructured loans
$
24,409

 
$
6,365

 
$
30,774

 
$
26,303

 
$
12,356

 
$
38,659


The Company’s policy is that loans placed on nonaccrual will typically remain on nonaccrual status until all principal and interest payments are brought current and the prospect for future payment in accordance with the loan agreement appear relatively certain.  The Company’s policy generally refers to six months of payment performance as sufficient to warrant a return to accrual status.


72



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

Troubled Debt Restructurings Modification Terms

The Company offers a variety of modifications to borrowers. In restructuring a loan with a borrower, the Company normally employs several types of modifications terms. The modification terms offered by the Company are as follows:

Rate Modification: A modification in which the interest rate is changed.

Term Modification: A modification in which the maturity date, the timing of payments, or frequency of payments is changed.

Interest Only Modification: A modification in which the loan is converted to interest only payments for a period of time.

Payment Modification: A modification in which the dollar amount of the payment is changed, other than an interest only modification described above.

Combination Modification: Any other type of modification, including the use of multiple terms above.

The following tables present loans restructured for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. During the periods presented, all modification terms were a combination of terms employed by the Company.

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Number of contracts
 
Pre-modification recorded investment
 
Post-modification recorded investment
Troubled debt restructurings:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
2

 
$
107

 
$
106

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
1

 
213

 
213

Multi-family and commercial
7

 
3,266

 
3,266

Total real estate mortgage
8

 
3,479

 
3,479

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
2

 
175

 
85

Total real estate construction
2

 
175

 
85

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
Direct
1

 
23

 
20

Total consumer
1

 
23

 
20

Total restructured loans
13

 
$
3,784

 
$
3,690


73



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Number of contracts
 
Pre-modification recorded investment
 
Post-modification recorded investment
Troubled debt restructurings:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
18

 
$
4,812

 
$
4,403

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
3

 
565

 
561

Multi-family and commercial
2

 
701

 
694

Total real estate mortgage
5

 
1,266

 
1,255

Real estate construction:
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
2

 
1,064

 
933

Multi-family and commercial
1

 
262

 
262

Total real estate construction
3

 
1,326

 
1,195

Total restructured loans
26

 
$
7,404

 
$
6,853


There were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings, within the previous twelve months , for which there was a payment default for the year ended December 31, 2013 . For the year ended December 31, 2012, there was a $557 thousand commercial loan and a $37 thousand real estate mortgage multi-family and commercial loan that had been restructured within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted.


74



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

Non-Covered Nonaccrual Loans and Loans Past Due

The following table summarizes non-covered nonaccrual loans and past due loans, by class:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
30 - 59 Days past due
 
60 - 89 Days past due
 
Greater than 90 days and accruing
 
Total past due
 
Nonaccrual
 
Current
 
Total non-covered loans
Commercial
$
449

 
$
51

 
$

 
$
500

 
$
2,176

 
$
177,238

 
$
179,914

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential

 
211

 

 
211

 
507

 
41,093

 
41,811

Multi-family and commercial
939

 

 

 
939

 
883

 
445,515

 
447,337

Total real estate mortgages
939

 
211

 

 
1,150

 
1,390

 
486,608

 
489,148

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
59

 

 

 
59

 
4,725

 
29,144

 
33,928

Multi-family and commercial

 

 

 

 

 
22,320

 
22,320

Total real estate construction
59

 

 

 
59

 
4,725

 
51,464

 
56,248

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect
798

 
101

 


 
899

 

 
79,001

 
79,900

Direct
565

 
5

 

 
570

 
118

 
81,085

 
81,773

Total consumer
1,363

 
106

 

 
1,469

 
118

 
160,086

 
161,673

Total
$
2,810

 
$
368

 
$

 
$
3,178

 
$
8,409

 
$
875,396

 
886,983

Deferred loan costs, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,703

Total non-covered loans
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
888,686


75



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
30 - 59 Days past due
 
60 - 89 Days past due
 
Greater than 90 days and accruing
 
Total past due
 
Nonaccrual
 
Current
 
Total non-covered loans
Commercial
$
232

 
$
373

 
$

 
$
605

 
$
2,966

 
$
158,910

 
$
162,481

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential

 

 

 

 
889

 
35,984

 
36,873

Multi-family and commercial

 

 

 

 
1,903

 
413,851

 
415,754

Total real estate mortgages

 

 

 

 
2,792

 
449,835

 
452,627

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential

 
63

 

 
63

 
9,210

 
37,199

 
46,472

Multi-family and commercial

 

 

 

 

 
34,926

 
34,926

Total real estate construction

 
63

 

 
63

 
9,210

 
72,125

 
81,398

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect
966

 
112

 

 
1,078

 

 
76,518

 
77,596

Direct
469

 
415

 

 
884

 
583

 
75,827

 
77,294

Total consumer
1,435

 
527

 

 
1,962

 
583

 
152,345

 
154,890

Total
$
1,667

 
$
963

 
$

 
$
2,630

 
$
15,551

 
$
833,215

 
851,396

Deferred loan costs, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,738

Total non-covered loans
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,134


Non-Covered Credit Quality Indicators

The Company’s internal risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings from 1 to 9 , where a higher rating represents higher risk.  The nine risk ratings can be generally described by the following groups:

Pass/Watch: Pass/watch loans, risk rated 1 through 5 , range from minimal credit risk to lower than average, but still acceptable, credit risk.

Special Mention:   Special mention loans, risk rated 6 ,   are loans that present certain potential weaknesses that require management’s attention.  Those weaknesses, if left uncorrected, may result in deterioration of the borrower’s repayment ability or the Company’s credit position in the future.

Substandard:   Substandard loans, risk rated 7 , are inadequately protected by the current worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any.  There are well-defined weaknesses that may jeopardize the repayment of debt.  Such weaknesses include deteriorated financial condition of the borrower resulting from insufficient income, excessive expenses or other factors that result in inadequate cash flows to meet all scheduled obligations.

76



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(6) Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses and Credit Quality (continued)

Doubtful/Loss:   Doubtful/loss loans are risk rated 8 and 9 .  Loans assigned as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent with substandard loans, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable.  The possibility of loss is high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of, and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until a more exact status may be determined.  The Company charges off loans that would otherwise be classified loss.

The following table summarizes our internal risk rating, by class:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful/Loss
 
Total
Commercial
$
158,571

 
$
6,340

 
$
15,003

 
$

 
$
179,914

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
37,720

 
30

 
4,061

 

 
41,811

Multi-family and commercial
387,392

 
29,540

 
30,405

 

 
447,337

Total real estate mortgages
425,112

 
29,570

 
34,466

 

 
489,148

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
21,173

 
3,162

 
9,593

 

 
33,928

Multi-family and commercial
20,224

 

 
2,096

 

 
22,320

Total real estate construction
41,397

 
3,162

 
11,689

 

 
56,248

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect
78,661

 
11

 
1,228

 

 
79,900

Direct
76,501

 
1,509

 
3,763

 

 
81,773

Total consumer
155,162

 
1,520

 
4,991

 

 
161,673

Total
$
780,242

 
$
40,592

 
$
66,149

 
$

 
886,983

Deferred loan costs, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,703

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
888,686

 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful/Loss
 
Total
Commercial
$
140,809

 
$
4,412

 
$
17,260

 
$

 
$
162,481

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
31,511

 
1,139

 
4,223

 

 
36,873

Multi-family and commercial
363,408

 
26,287

 
26,059

 

 
415,754

Total real estate mortgages
394,919

 
27,426

 
30,282

 

 
452,627

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
25,389

 
776

 
20,307

 

 
46,472

Multi-family and commercial
32,166

 
472

 
2,288

 

 
34,926

Total real estate construction
57,555

 
1,248

 
22,595

 

 
81,398

Consumer:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Indirect
76,076

 
16

 
1,504

 

 
77,596

Direct
71,176

 
450

 
5,668

 

 
77,294

Total consumer
147,252

 
466

 
7,172

 

 
154,890

Total
$
740,535

 
$
33,552

 
$
77,309

 
$

 
851,396

Deferred loan costs, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
1,738

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,134



77



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(7)  Covered Assets and FDIC Indemnification Asset

(a) Covered Loans : Loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted acquisition that are subject to a loss share agreement are referred to as “covered loans” and reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition .  Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements from the FDIC.

The following table presents the major types of covered loans. The classification of covered loan balances presented is reported in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Commercial
$
8,670

 
$
8,615

 
$
17,285

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
2,630

 
8,339

 
10,969

Multi-family residential and commercial
79,338

 
42,734

 
122,072

Total real estate mortgages
81,968

 
51,073

 
133,041

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential

 
1,327

 
1,327

Multi-family and commercial
5,223

 
4,020

 
9,243

Total real estate construction
5,223

 
5,347

 
10,570

Consumer - direct
2,043

 
4,753

 
6,796

Subtotal
97,904

 
69,788

 
167,692

Fair value discount
(7,172
)
 
(8,565
)
 
(15,737
)
Total covered loans
90,732

 
61,223

 
151,955

Allowance for loan losses
(13,026
)
 
(1,596
)
 
(14,622
)
Total covered loans, net
$
77,706

 
$
59,627

 
$
137,333


(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Commercial
$
13,863

 
$
15,148

 
$
29,011

Real estate mortgages:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
3,783

 
10,412

 
14,195

Multi-family residential and commercial
132,280

 
52,303

 
184,583

Total real estate mortgages
136,063

 
62,715

 
198,778

Real estate construction:
 

 
 

 
 

One-to-four family residential
4,764

 
3,000

 
7,764

Multi-family and commercial
12,369

 
6,374

 
18,743

Total real estate construction
17,133

 
9,374

 
26,507

Consumer - direct
2,698

 
7,521

 
10,219

Subtotal
169,757

 
94,758

 
264,515

Fair value discount
(28,980
)
 
(18,196
)
 
(47,176
)
Total covered loans
140,777

 
76,562

 
217,339

Allowance for loan losses
(2,727
)
 
(525
)
 
(3,252
)
Total covered loans, net
$
138,050

 
$
76,037

 
$
214,087





78



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(7)  Covered Assets and FDIC Indemnification Asset (continued)

The following table presents the changes in the accretable yield for each respective acquired loan portfolio:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
Balance, beginning of period
$
49,168

 
$
19,567

 
$
78,004

 
$
29,574

Accretion to interest income
(13,315
)
 
(10,133
)
 
(21,282
)
 
(14,905
)
Disposals
(13,985
)
 
(3,487
)
 
(8,866
)
 
(6,546
)
Reclassification (to) from nonaccretable difference
(3,364
)
 
6,937

 
1,312

 
11,444

Balance, end of period
$
18,504

 
$
12,884

 
$
49,168

 
$
19,567


(b) Covered Other Real Estate Owned: All OREO acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisitions that are subject to an FDIC loss share agreement are referred to as “covered OREO” and reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition .  Covered OREO is reported exclusive of expected reimbursed cash flows from the FDIC. Foreclosed covered loan collateral is transferred into covered OREO at the lower of the loan’s appraised value, less selling costs, or the carrying value.

The following tables summarize the activity related to covered OREO:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
7,399

 
$
6,061

 
$
13,460

Additions to covered OREO
10,065

 
2,448

 
12,513

Dispositions of covered OREO, net
(12,321
)
 
(5,639
)
 
(17,960
)
Valuation adjustments
(1,145
)
 
(888
)
 
(2,033
)
Balance, end of period
$
3,998

 
$
1,982

 
$
5,980

 
(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
19,341

 
$
7,281

 
$
26,622

Additions to covered OREO
2,515

 
7,201

 
9,716

Dispositions of covered OREO, net
(11,991
)
 
(7,183
)
 
(19,174
)
Valuation adjustments
(2,466
)
 
(1,238
)
 
(3,704
)
Balance, end of period
$
7,399

 
$
6,061

 
$
13,460



79



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(7)  Covered Assets and FDIC Indemnification Asset (continued)

(c) FDIC Indemnification Asset:  

The following table summarizes the activity related to the FDIC indemnification asset:

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year December 31, 2013
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
20,390

 
$
14,181

 
$
34,571

Change in FDIC indemnification asset
5,331

 
404

 
5,735

Reduction due to loans paid in full
(7,179
)
 
(2,146
)
 
(9,325
)
Transfers due from FDIC
(7,674
)
 
(8,771
)
 
(16,445
)
Balance, end of period
$
10,868

 
$
3,668

 
$
14,536

(dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
City Bank
 
North County Bank
 
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
43,235

 
$
22,351

 
$
65,586

Change in FDIC indemnification asset
(8,704
)
 
(422
)
 
(9,126
)
Reduction due to loans paid in full
(2,987
)
 
(2,597
)
 
(5,584
)
Transfers due from FDIC
(11,154
)
 
(5,151
)
 
(16,305
)
Balance, end of period
$
20,390

 
$
14,181

 
$
34,571


(8) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
Land and buildings
 
$
36,207

 
$
35,892

Furniture and equipment
 
14,322

 
13,477

Land improvements
 
3,580

 
3,561

Computer software
 
3,706

 
3,689

Construction in progress
 
134

 
600

Subtotal
 
57,949

 
57,219

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
(22,911
)
 
(20,468
)
Total
 
$
35,038

 
$
36,751


Depreciation expense on premises and equipment totaled $2.6 million , $2.4 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.



80



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(9) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets:
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Other intangible assets
 
 
Goodwill
 
Gross
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net
Balance, December 31, 2010
 
$
4,490

 
$
3,343

 
$
(672
)
 
$
2,671

Amortization
 

 

 
(622
)
 
(622
)
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
4,490

 
3,343

 
(1,294
)
 
2,049

Amortization
 

 

 
(512
)
 
(512
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
4,490

 
3,343

 
(1,806
)
 
1,537

Amortization
 

 

 
(439
)
 
(439
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
4,490

 
$
3,343

 
$
(2,245
)
 
$
1,098


Goodwill relates to the 2010 City Bank acquisition and represents the excess of the total purchase price paid over the fair values of the assets acquired, net of the fair values of liabilities assumed.

The other intangible assets relate to the 2010 City Bank and North County Bank acquisitions and represent core deposits.  The values of the core deposit intangible assets were determined by an analysis of the cost differential between the core deposits and alternative funding sources.  Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized to their estimated residual values over their respective estimated useful lives, and are also reviewed for impairment. The Company is amortizing its other intangible assets related to the City Bank and North County Bank acquisitions on an accelerated basis over an estimated nine year life and two year life, respectively. No impairment losses separate from the scheduled amortization have been recognized in the periods presented.

The Company conducted its annual evaluation of goodwill for impairment at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  At both dates, in the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Company determined that the fair value of the Company exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment was recognized.  The significant assumptions and methodology utilized to test for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2013 were consistent with those used at December 31, 2012. 

The following table presents the expected amortization expense for other intangible assets:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Year
 
Expected amortization
 
 
2014
 
$
366

 
 
2015
 
293

 
 
2016
 
220

 
 
2017
 
146

 
 
2018
 
73

 
 
Thereafter
 

 
 
 
 
$
1,098



81



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(10) Non-Covered Other Real Estate Owned

The following table presents the changes in non-covered other real estate owned for the years ended December 31:
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
Balance, beginning of period
$
3,023

 
$
1,976

Additions to OREO
3,826

 
4,612

Capitalized improvements
241

 

Dispositions of OREO, net
(2,700
)
 
(2,721
)
Valuation adjustments
(1,323
)
 
(844
)
Balance, end of period
$
3,067

 
$
3,023


(11) Deposits

The following table presents the major types of deposits at December 31:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
Noninterest-bearing demand
 
$
265,412

 
$
261,310

NOW accounts
 
370,244

 
345,599

Money market
 
347,670

 
295,441

Savings
 
124,516

 
112,725

Time deposits
 
359,650

 
447,898

Total
 
$
1,467,492

 
$
1,462,973


The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Less than 1 year
 
1 - 2 years
 
2 - 3 years
 
3 - 4 years
 
4 - 5 years
 
Over 5 years
 
Total
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
 
$
109,459

 
$
32,900

 
$
6,345

 
$
5,256

 
$
2,582

 
$

 
$
156,542

All other time deposits
 
154,362

 
37,050

 
4,904

 
3,519

 
3,273

 

 
203,108

Total
 
$
263,821

 
$
69,950

 
$
11,249

 
$
8,775

 
$
5,855

 
$

 
$
359,650


82



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(12) Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings and Federal Funds Purchased

A credit line has been established by the FHLB for the Bank. At December 31, 2013 , the line of credit available to the Bank was $201.2 million . The Bank may borrow from the FHLB in amounts up to 20% of its total assets, subject to certain restrictions and collateral, with interest payable at the then stated rate. Advances on the line are collateralized by securities pledged and held in safekeeping by the FHLB, as well as supported by eligible real estate loans.  As of December 31, 2013 , collateral consisted almost entirely of eligible real estate loans in the amount of $365.4 million .

The Company also uses lines of credit at correspondent banks to purchase federal funds for short-term funding. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  Available borrowings under these lines of credit totaled $45.0 million at December 31, 2013 .

(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Year to date average balance
 
$

 
$
61

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
 

 

Weighted average interest rate on amount outstanding at year end
 

 


(13) Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures

Washington Banking Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust, was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company created for the exclusive purposes of issuing and selling capital securities and utilizing sale proceeds to acquire junior subordinated debt issued by the Company. On June 27, 2002, the Trust issued $15.0 million of trust preferred securities with a 30 -year maturity, callable after the fifth year by the Company. On June 29, 2007, the Company called the $15.0 million of trust preferred securities issued. The Trust was subsequently closed.

Washington Banking Master Trust, a statutory business trust, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company created for the exclusive purposes of issuing and selling capital securities and utilizing sale proceeds to acquire junior subordinated debt issued by the Company. During the second quarter of 2007, the Master Trust issued $25.0 million of trust preferred securities with a 30 -year maturity, callable after the fifth year by the Company. The trust preferred securities have a quarterly adjustable rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.56% . On December 31, 2013 , the rate was 1.81% .

The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the Master Trust, and payments under the junior subordinated debentures are the sole revenues of the Trust. All of the common securities of the Master Trust are owned by the Company. Washington Banking Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the capital securities along with all obligations of the Master Trust under the trust agreements.

(14) Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of income tax expense attributable to continuing operations included in the consolidated statements of income:

(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Current tax expense
 
$
4,369

 
$
11,054

 
$
4,692

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
 
2,503

 
(3,198
)
 
2,419

Total
 
$
6,872

 
$
7,856

 
$
7,111



83



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(14) Income Taxes (continued)


Reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
 
$
7,479

 
35.0
 %
 
$
8,645

 
35.0
 %
 
$
8,072

 
35.0
 %
Federal tax credits
 

 
 %
 
(480
)
 
(1.9
)%
 
(480
)
 
(2.1
)%
Interest income on tax-exempt securities
 
(588
)
 
(2.7
)%
 
(512
)
 
(2.1
)%
 
(471
)
 
(2.0
)%
Other
 
(19
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
203

 
0.8
 %
 
(10
)
 
(0.1
)%
Total
 
$
6,872

 
32.2
 %
 
$
7,856

 
31.8
 %
 
$
7,111

 
30.8
 %

Federal tax credits are related to the New Markets Tax Credit program, whereby a subsidiary of the Bank was awarded $3.1 million in future Federal tax credits which were available through 2012. Tax benefits related to these credits were recognized for financial reporting purposes in the same periods that the credits were recognized in the Company’s income tax returns. The Company believes that it has complied with the various regulatory provisions of the New Markets Tax Credit program for all years presented, and therefore has reflected the impact of these credits in its estimated annual effective tax rate for all years presented.

The following table presents major components of the net deferred income tax asset resulting from differences between financial reporting and tax basis:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
Covered assets
 
$
3,410

 
$
19,877

Allowance for loan losses
 
11,100

 
7,139

Fair value adjustment of investment securities available for sale
 
2,799

 

Deferred compensation
 
535

 
473

Other
 
1,199

 
848

Total deferred tax assets
 
$
19,043

 
$
28,337

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 

FDIC indemnification asset
 
$
6,190

 
$
13,943

Deferred loan fees
 
1,600

 
1,518

Premises and equipment
 
590

 
629

FHLB stock dividend
 
144

 
152

Investment in partnership
 
1,092

 
1,092

Prepaid expenses
 
295

 
217

Fair value adjustment of investment securities available for sale
 

 
2,531

Purchase accounting
 
4,277

 
6,451

Other
 
278

 
54

Total deferred tax liabilities
 
14,466

 
26,587

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net
 
$
4,577

 
$
1,750


There was no valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 or 2012. The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets as management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized in the normal course of business.



84



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(15) Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if certain shares issuable upon exercise of options and non-vested restricted stock were included.

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations:
(dollars in thousands)
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income available to common shareholders
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
14,868

Weighted average number of common shares, basic
15,495,000

 
15,422,000

 
15,329,000

Effect of dilutive stock awards
56,000

 
33,000

 
64,000

Weighted average number of common shares, diluted
15,551,000

 
15,455,000

 
15,393,000

Earnings per common share
 

 
 

 
 

Basic
$
0.94

 
$
1.09

 
$
0.97

Diluted
$
0.93

 
$
1.09

 
$
0.97

Antidulitive stock awards excluded from the
 

 
 

 
 

computation of diluted earnings per common share (in shares)
25,000

 
45,000

 
53,000


(16) Employee Benefit Plans

(a) 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan: During 1993, the Board of Directors approved a defined contribution plan (“the Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all full-time employees and many part-time employees once they meet the age and length of service requirements. The Plan allows for a voluntary salary reduction, under which eligible employees are permitted to defer a portion of their salaries, with the Company contributing a percentage of the employee’s contribution to the employee’s account. Employees are fully vested in their elected and employer-matching contributions at all times.   At the discretion of the Board of Directors, an annual profit sharing contribution may be made to eligible employees. Profit sharing contributions vest over a six -year period.

The Company’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; under the employee matching feature of the plan, were $428 thousand , $431 thousand and $372 thousand , respectively. This represents a match of the participating employees’ salary deferral of 50% of the first 6% of the compensation deferred for 2013, 2012 and 2011. There were no contributions under the profit sharing portion of the plan for the years presented.

(b) Deferred Compensation Plan: In December 2000, the Bank approved the adoption of an Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“Comp Plan”) to take effect January 2001, under which select participants may elect to defer receipt of a portion of eligible compensation. The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Compensation Plan:

Purpose : The purpose of the Comp Plan is to (1) provide a deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2) and 301(a)(3) of ERISA and directors of the Bank, and (2) attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility with the Bank and its subsidiaries.  The Comp Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation agreement.  Participation in the Comp Plan is voluntary.

Source of Benefits : Benefits under the Comp Plan are payable solely by the Bank.  To enable the Bank to meet its financial commitment under the Comp Plan, assets may be set aside in a corporate-owned vehicle.  These assets are available to all general creditors of the Bank in the event of the Bank’s insolvency.  Participants of the Comp Plan are unsecured general creditors of the Bank with respect to the Comp Plan benefits. Deferrals under the Comp Plan may reduce compensation used to calculate benefits under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, liabilities recorded in connection with deferred compensation plan benefits totaled $781 thousand and $833 thousand , respectively, and are recorded in other liabilities.


85



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(16) Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

(c) Bank Owned Life Insurance:   During the second quarters of 2004 and 2007, the Bank made $10.0 million and $5.0 million investments, respectively, in BOLI. These policies insure the lives of officers of the Bank, and name the Bank as beneficiary. Noninterest income is generated tax-free (subject to certain limitation) from the increase in the policies' underlying investments made by the insurance company.

(17) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) following stockholders’ approval at the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Subsequent to the adoption of the 2005 Plan, no additional grants may be issued under the prior plans.

The 2005 Plan provides grants of up to 833,333 shares, which includes any remaining shares subject to stock awards under the prior plans for future awards, or which have been forfeited, cancelled or expire. Grants from the 2005 Plan may take any of the following forms: incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted units, performance shares, performance units, stock appreciation rights or dividend equivalent rights. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 361,219 shares available for grant.

(a) Stock Options:   Under the terms of the 2005 Plan, the exercise price of each incentive stock option must be greater than or equal to the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. The plan further provides that no incentive stock option granted to a single grantee may exceed $100 thousand in aggregate fair market value in a single calendar year. Stock options vest over a period of no greater than five years from the date of grant. Additionally, the right to exercise the option terminates ten years from the date of grant.

The following table summarizes information on stock option activity during 2013 :
 
Shares
 
Weighted average exercise price per share
 
Weighted average remaining contractual terms (in years)
 
Total intrinsic value (in thousands)
Outstanding, January 1, 2013
107,845

 
$
11.58

 
 
 
 
Granted

 

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(10,715
)
 
11.60

 
 
 
$
46

Forfeited, expired or cancelled
(1,763
)
 
15.98

 
 
 
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2013
95,367

 
$
11.50

 
3.74
 
$
594

Exercisable at December 31, 2013
95,367

 
$
11.50

 
3.74
 
$
594


The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2013 , and the exercise price, times the number of shares) that would have been received by the option holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013 .  This amount changes based upon the fair market value of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $46 thousand , $238 thousand and $191 thousand , respectively.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock option grants on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the grant.   No stock-based compensation expense was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013 .  The Company recognized $8 thousand and $86 thousand in stock-based compensation expense, as a component of salaries and benefits, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 , there was no remaining unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock option grants.


86



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(17) Stock-Based Compensation (continued)


(b) Restricted Stock Awards: The Company grants restricted stock periodically for the benefit of employees.  Recipients of restricted stock do not pay any cash consideration to the Company for the shares and receive all dividends with respect to such shares, whether or not the shares have vested. Restrictions are based on continuous service requirements with the Company.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no restricted stock awards outstanding.  The total intrinsic value of restricted stock vested for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $16 thousand .

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not recognize any restricted stock compensation expense as a component of salaries and benefits, compared to $8 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011.

(c) Restricted Stock Units: The Company grants restricted stock units (“RSU”) periodically for the benefit of employees and directors. Recipients of RSUs receive shares of the Company’s stock upon the lapse of their related restrictions and do not pay any cash consideration to the Company for the shares.  Restrictions are based on continuous service.

The following table summarizes information on RSU activity during 2013 :
 
Shares
 
Weighted average fair value per share
 
Weighted average remaining contractual terms (in years)
Outstanding, January 1, 2013
99,811

 
$
13.16

 
 
Granted
81,300

 
13.91

 
 
Vested
(47,605
)
 
13.16

 
 
Forfeited, expired or cancelled
(6,197
)
 
13.53

 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2013
127,309

 
$
13.62

 
1.83

For the year ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $ 878 thousand , $ 803 thousand and $529 thousand in RSU compensation expense, respectively, as a component of salaries and benefits.  As of December 31, 2013 , there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years .

(18) Shareholders' Equity

(a) Preferred Stock: On January 16, 2009, in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $26.4 million , the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to the Trouble Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (“TARP”) the following: (i) 26,380 shares of the Company’s newly designated Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value per share, and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share ( $26.4 million liquidation preference in the aggregate) and (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 492,164 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share, at an exercise price of $8.04 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments. As described below, the number of shares of common stock subject to the Warrant was reduced pursuant to the terms of the Warrant. The Warrant was exercisable for up to ten years after it is issued.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the Company’s securities, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement including the Securities Purchase Agreement-Standard Terms, dated January 16, 2009, with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Agreement”). The Agreement contained limitations on the payment of quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s common stock in excess of $0.065 per share and on the Company’s ability to repurchase its common stock. The Agreement also granted the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the common stock to be issued under the Warrant registration rights, and subjected the Company to executive compensation limitations included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended. Participants in the TARP Capital Purchase Program are required to have in place limitations on the compensation of Senior Executive Officers and other highly compensated employees.


87



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(18) Shareholders' Equity (continued)

The Company paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum on the Series A Preferred Stock, which would have increased to 9% per annum after the first five years , in each case, applied to the $1,000 per share liquidation preference, but only paid when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The Series A Preferred Stock had no maturity date and ranked senior to the Company’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.

In February 2009, following passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the program terms were changed and the Company was no longer required to conduct a qualified equity offering prior to retirement of the preferred stock, however prior approval of the Company's primary regulator was required.

The preferred stock was not subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer. The holders of the preferred stock had no general voting rights, only limited class voting rights including, authorization or issuance of shares ranking senior to the preferred stock, any amendment to the rights of the preferred stock, or any merger, exchange or similar transaction which would adversely affect the rights of the preferred stock. If dividends on the preferred stock were not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the preferred stock holders would have the right to elect two directors until dividends had been paid for four consecutive dividend periods. The preferred stock was not subject to sinking fund requirements and had no participation rights.

On January 13, 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation setting the specific terms and conditions of the preferred stock and designating such shares as the Series A Preferred Stock. The amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Washington on January 13, 2009.

In accordance with the relevant accounting pronouncements and a letter from the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant, the Company recorded the preferred stock and detachable warrants within Shareholders’ Equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets . The preferred stock and detachable warrants were initially recognized based on their relative fair values at the date of issuance. As a result, the preferred stock’s carrying value is at a discount to the liquidation value or stated value. The discount is considered an unstated dividend cost that shall be amortized over the period preceding commencement of the perpetual dividend using the effective interest method, by charging the imputed dividend cost against retained earnings and increasing the carrying amount of the preferred stock by a corresponding amount. The discount was  being amortized over five years using a 6.52% effective interest rate. The total stated dividends (whether or not declared) and unstated dividend cost combined represents a period’s total preferred stock dividend, which is deducted from net income to arrive at net income available to common shareholders on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

On January 12, 2011, the Company redeemed all 26,380 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, originally issued in January 2009 to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program.  The Company paid a total of $26.6 million to the Treasury, consisting of $26.4 million in principal and $209 thousand in accrued and unpaid dividends. The Company's redemption of the shares is not subject to additional conditions.  At December 31, 2010, the preferred stock had a carrying value of $25.3 million (net of a $1 million unaccreted discount) on the Company's statement of financial condition. The Company accelerated the accretion of the remaining discount in the first quarter of 2011, reducing net income available to common shareholders by $1 million .

(b) Stock Warrants:   On January 16, 2009, in connection with the issuance of the preferred stock, the Company issued a warrant to the U.S. Treasury to purchase up to 492,164 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share, at an exercise price of $8.04 per share, subject to certain customary anti-dilution and other adjustments. The warrants issued were immediately exercisable, in whole or in part, and had a ten year term. The warrants were not subject to any other contractual restrictions on transfer. The Company granted the warrant holder piggyback registration rights for the warrants and the common stock underlying the warrants and agreed to take such other steps as reasonably requested to facilitate the transfer of the warrants and the common stock underlying the warrants. The holders of the warrants were not entitled to any common stockholder rights. The U.S. Treasury agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock of the Company issued to it upon exercise of the warrants.


88



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(18) Shareholders' Equity (continued)

The preferred stock and detachable warrants were initially recognized based on their relative fair values at the date of issuance.  As a result, the value allocated to the warrants was different than the estimated fair value of the warrants as of the grant date. The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of the warrants as of the grant date:

Dividend yield
5.00
%
Expected life (years)
10

Expected volatility
49.56
%
Risk-free rate
2.80
%
Fair value per warrant at grant date
$
3.27

Relative fair value per warrant at grant date
$
3.49


On March 2, 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program. The Company repurchased the Warrant for $1.6 million . The Warrant repurchase, together with the Company’s earlier redemption of the entire amount of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued to the U.S. Treasury, represents full repayment of all TARP obligations and cancellation of all equity interests in the Company held by the U.S. Treasury.

(19) Regulatory Capital Matters

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about risk components, asset risk weighting and other factors.


89



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(19) Regulatory Capital Matters (continued)



Risk-based capital guidelines issued by the FDIC establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures for banks. The Bank’s Tier 1 capital is comprised primarily of common equity and excludes accumulate other comprehensive income. Total capital also includes a portion of the allowance for loan losses, as defined according to regulatory guidelines. In addition, under Washington State banking regulations, the Bank is limited as to the ability to declare or pay dividends to the Company up to the amount of the Bank’s retained earnings then on hand. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). As of December 31, 2013 , the Company and Bank met the minimum capital requirements to which it is subject and is considered to be “well-capitalized.”

The following tables describe the Company’s and Bank’s regulatory capital and threshold requirements:
 
 
 
Actual
 
For capital adequacy purposes
 
To be well-capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions
December 31, 2013
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company (consolidated)
 
$
218,470

 
19.76
%
 
$
88,435

 
8.00
%
 
N/A

 
 
Whidbey Island Bank
 
211,954

 
19.20
%
 
88,330

 
8.00
%
 
110,413

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (consolidated)
 
204,431

 
18.49
%
 
44,217

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
 

Whidbey Island Bank
 
197,931

 
17.93
%
 
44,165

 
4.00
%
 
66,248

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (consolidated)
 
204,431

 
12.41
%
 
65,887

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
 

Whidbey Island Bank
 
197,931

 
12.02
%
 
65,855

 
4.00
%
 
82,319

 
5.00
%

 
 
Actual
 
For capital adequacy purposes
 
To be well-capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions
December 31, 2012
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company (consolidated)
 
$
210,545

 
19.39
%
 
$
86,856

 
8.00
%
 
N/A

 
 
Whidbey Island Bank
 
203,471

 
18.77
%
 
86,715

 
8.00
%
 
108,393

 
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (consolidated)
 
196,889

 
18.13
%
 
43,428

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
 

Whidbey Island Bank
 
189,837

 
17.51
%
 
43,357

 
4.00
%
 
65,036

 
6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company (consolidated)
 
196,889

 
11.78
%
 
66,858

 
4.00
%
 
N/A

 
 

Whidbey Island Bank
 
189,837

 
11.36
%
 
66,820

 
4.00
%
 
83,525

 
5.00
%


90



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(20) Fair Value Measurements


(a) Fair Value Hierarchy and Fair Value Measurement : The Company groups its assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value in three levels, based on the markets, if any, in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

Level 1:  Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
 
Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
 
Level 3:   Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.

The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
(dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2013
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
U.S. government agencies
 
$

 
$
85,672

 
$

 
$
85,672

Residential pass-through securities
 

 
180,809

 

 
180,809

Taxable state and political subdivisions
 

 
2,468

 

 
2,468

Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
 

 
74,807

 

 
74,807

Corporate obligations
 

 
10,933

 

 
10,933

Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
 

 
54,145

 

 
54,145

Asset-backed securities
 

 
21,816

 

 
21,816

Investments in mutual funds and other equities
 
1,892

 

 

 
1,892

Total
 
$
1,892

 
$
430,650

 
$

 
$
432,542

 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2012
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
U.S. government agencies
 
$

 
$
88,586

 
$

 
$
88,586

Residential pass-through securities
 

 
168,423

 

 
168,423

Taxable state and political subdivisions
 

 
5,312

 

 
5,312

Tax exempt state and political subdivisions
 

 
58,985

 

 
58,985

Corporate obligations
 

 
10,435

 

 
10,435

Agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
 

 
14,046

 

 
14,046

Asset-backed securities
 

 
25,188

 

 
25,188

Investments in mutual funds and other equities
 
1,993

 

 

 
1,993

Total
 
$
1,993

 
$
370,975

 
$

 
$
372,968


There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities. These investments are included in Level 1. When quoted market prices are unobservable, the Company uses quotes from independent pricing vendors based on recent trading activity and other relevant information including market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. These investments are included in Level 2 and comprise the Company’s portfolio of U.S. agency securities, U.S. treasury securities, residential pass-through securities, municipal bonds and other corporate bonds.

Certain financial assets of the Company may be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are subject to fair value adjustments that result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

91



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(20) Fair Value Measurements (continued)


The following table presents the carrying value of financial instruments by level within the fair value hierarchy, for which a non-recurring change in fair value has been recorded:
(dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2013
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Total losses for the period
Non-covered impaired loans (1)
 
$

 
$

 
$
28,412

 
$
28,412

 
$
(4,552
)
Non-covered other real estate owned (2)
 

 

 
3,067

 
3,067

 
(1,323
)
Covered other real estate owned (2)
 

 

 
5,980

 
5,980

 
(2,033
)
Total
 
$

 
$

 
$
37,459

 
$
37,459

 
$
(7,908
)
(dollars in thousands)
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2012
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Total losses for the period
Non-covered impaired loans (1)
 
$

 
$

 
$
38,299

 
$
38,299

 
$
(8,485
)
Non-covered other real estate owned (2)
 

 

 
3,023

 
3,023

 
(844
)
Covered other real estate owned (2)
 

 

 
13,460

 
13,460

 
(3,704
)
Total
 
$

 
$

 
$
54,782

 
$
54,782

 
$
(13,033
)

(1) Represents carrying value and related specific valuation allowances, which are included in the allowance for loan losses.
(2) Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as non-covered other real estate owned and covered other real estate owned.

Following is a description of methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which a non-recurring change in fair value has been recorded:

Non-covered impaired loans : A loan is considered impaired when, based upon currently known information, it is deemed probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due as scheduled according to the original terms of the agreement.  Non-covered impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.

The Company generally obtains appraisals for collateral dependent loans on an annual basis.  Depending on the loan, the Company may obtain appraisals more frequently than 12 months , particularly if the credit is deteriorating.  If the loan is performing and market conditions are stable, the Company may not obtain appraisals on an annual basis. This policy does not vary by loan type.

Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are reviewed quarterly.  The review involves a collateral valuation review, which also contemplates an assessment of whether the last appraisal is outdated.  Recent appraisals, adjustments to outdated appraisals, knowledgeable third party opinions of value and current market conditions are combined to determine whether a specific reserve and/or a loan charge-off is required.  Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.  For the period ended December 31, 2013 , one non-covered impaired loan totaling $105 thousand had an adjustment to the appraisal, based on unobservable inputs, of 30% .

In the rare case where an appraisal is not available, the Company consults with third party industry specific experts for estimates as well as relies upon the Company’s market knowledge and expertise.


92



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(20) Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Non-covered and covered other real estate owned : Non-covered and covered other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure. These properties are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell, based on periodic evaluations.

The Company deducts 10% of the appraised value for selling costs on non-covered and covered other real estate owned.  If the property has been actively listed for sale for more than nine months and has had limited interest, the Company will typically reduce the fair value further based upon input from third party industry experts and knowledgeable management and may include adjustments for outdated appraisals (Level 3).

(b) Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The tables below are a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis (summarized in the table above). The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the statement of financial condition under the indicated captions. The Company has excluded non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities such as Bank premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities.  
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using:
 
 
Carrying value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
27,489

 
$
27,489

 
$
27,489

 
$

 
$

Interest-bearing deposits
 
103,869

 
103,869

 
103,869

 

 

Investment securities available for sale
 
432,542

 
432,542

 
1,892

 
430,650

 

FHLB stock
 
7,172

 
7,172

 
7,172

 

 

Loans held for sale
 
3,389

 
3,389

 

 
3,389

 

Non-covered loans
 
888,686

 
885,627

 

 

 
885,627

Covered loans
 
151,955

 
144,450

 

 

 
144,450

Bank owned life insurance
 
17,836

 
17,836

 
17,836

 

 

FDIC indemnification asset
 
14,536

 
16,833

 

 

 
16,833

Financial liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits
 
1,467,492

 
1,471,214

 
1,107,842

 
363,372

 

Junior subordinated debentures
 
25,774

 
17,578

 

 

 
17,578

 

93



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(20) Fair Value Measurements (continued)



(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using:
 
 
Carrying value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
32,145

 
$
32,145

 
$
32,145

 
$

 
$

Interest-bearing deposits
 
75,428

 
75,428

 
75,428

 

 

Investment securities available for sale
 
372,968

 
372,968

 
1,993

 
370,975

 

FHLB stock
 
7,441

 
7,441

 
7,441

 

 

Loans held for sale
 
18,043

 
18,043

 

 
18,043

 

Non-covered loans
 
853,134

 
858,660

 

 

 
858,660

Covered loans
 
217,339

 
234,396

 

 

 
234,396

Bank owned life insurance
 
17,704

 
17,704

 
17,704

 

 

FDIC indemnification asset
 
34,571

 
22,630

 

 

 
22,630

Financial liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits
 
1,462,973

 
1,468,189

 
1,015,075

 
453,114

 

Junior subordinated debentures
 
25,774

 
12,155

 

 

 
12,155


Following is a description of methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument not recorded at fair value but required for disclosure purposes:

Cash and Cash Equivalents:   The carrying value of cash and cash equivalent instruments approximates fair value.

Interest-bearing Deposits:   The carrying values of interest-bearing deposits maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other interest-earning deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on current rates for similar types of deposits.

Investment Securities: Fair values of investment securities are based on quoted market prices when available or through the use of alternative approaches, such as matrix or model pricing, or broker indicative bids, when market quotes are not readily accessible or available.

FHLB stock: The Bank’s investment in FHLB stock is carried at par value, which approximates its fair value.

Loans Held for Sale:   The carrying value of loans held for sale approximates fair value.

Non-covered Loans:   The loan portfolio is composed of commercial, consumer, real estate construction and real estate loans.  The carrying value of variable rate loans approximates their fair value. The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows of loans, sorted by type and security, by the weighted average rate of such loans and rising rates currently offered by the Bank for similar loans.

Covered Loans: Covered loans are measured at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition. Subsequent to acquisition, the fair value of covered loans is measured using the same methodology as that of non-covered loans.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: Fair values of insurance policies owned are based on the insurance contract’s cash surrender value.

FDIC Indemnification Asset: The FDIC indemnification asset is calculated as the expected future cash flows under the loss share agreement discounted by a rate reflective of a U.S. government agency security.




94



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(20) Fair Value Measurements (continued)


Deposits: For deposits with no contractual maturity such as checking accounts, money market accounts and savings accounts, fair values approximate book values. The fair value of certificates of deposit are based on discounted cash flows using the difference between the actual deposit rate and an alternative cost of funds rate, currently offered by the Bank for similar types of deposits.

Trust Preferred Securities/Junior Subordinated Debentures: The fair value of trust preferred securities is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on current rates for similar types of debt.

Off-Balance Sheet Items: Commitments to extend credit represent the principal category of off-balance sheet financial instruments. The fair value of these commitments are not material since they are for relatively short periods of time and are subject to customary credit terms, which would not include terms that would expose the Company to significant gains or losses.

95



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(21) Washington Banking Company Information



The summarized condensed financial statements for Washington Banking Company (parent company only) are presented in the following tables:

Condensed Balance Sheets
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Assets
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
5,323

 
$
5,327

Investment in subsidiaries
 
199,204

 
201,345

Other assets
 
1,284

 
1,747

Total assets
 
$
205,811

 
$
208,419

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
$
25,774

 
$
25,774

Other liabilities
 
107

 
21

Total liabilities
 
25,881

 
25,795

Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
Common stock
 
86,714

 
85,707

Retained earnings
 
98,431

 
92,234

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net
 
(5,215
)
 
4,683

Total shareholders' equity
 
179,930

 
182,624

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
 
$
205,811

 
$
208,419


Condensed Statements of Income
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on taxable investment securities
 
$
14

 
$
16

 
$
15

Total interest income
 
14

 
16

 
15

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
478

 
532

 
489

Total interest expense
 
478

 
532

 
489

Noninterest expense
 
1,432

 
1,057

 
905

Loss before income tax benefit and undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
(1,896
)
 
(1,573
)
 
(1,379
)
Income tax benefit
 
664

 
550

 
482

Loss before undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
(1,232
)
 
(1,023
)
 
(897
)
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
6,878

 
8,967

 
11,949

Dividend income from Bank
 
8,850

 
8,900

 
4,900

Net income before preferred dividends
 
14,496

 
16,844

 
15,952

Preferred dividends
 

 

 
1,084

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
14,868




96



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(21) Washington Banking Company Information (continued)



Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
14,496

 
$
16,844

 
$
15,952

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
(6,878
)
 
(8,967
)
 
(11,949
)
Net decrease (increase) in other assets
 
467

 
(524
)
 
(490
)
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities
 
86

 
(3
)
 
(168
)
Cash flows provided by operating activities
 
8,171

 
7,350

 
3,345

Investing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment in subsidiaries
 

 

 
31,382

Cash flows provided by investing activities
 

 

 
31,382

Financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redemption of preferred stock
 

 

 
(26,380
)
Repurchase of common stock warrant
 

 

 
(1,625
)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
 

 

 
(38
)
Dividends paid on common stock
 
(8,299
)
 
(7,717
)
 
(3,068
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under stock plans
 
124

 
301

 
301

Cash flows used in financing activities
 
(8,175
)
 
(7,416
)
 
(30,810
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(4
)
 
(66
)
 
3,917

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
 
5,327

 
5,393

 
1,476

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
5,323

 
$
5,327

 
$
5,393


(22)  Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Leasing Arrangements: The Company is obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases for land and buildings.  The majority of these leases have renewal options.  In addition, some o the leases contain escalation clauses tied to the consumer price index with caps.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s future minimum rental payments required under land, buildings and equipment operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms of one year or more are as follows:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Minimum payments
 
$
1,392

 
$
1,285

 
$
1,182

 
$
1,107

 
$
922

 
$
1,683

 
$
7,571


Rent expense applicable to operating leases was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

(b) Commitments to Extend Credit:  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter party.  Collateral held varies, but may include: property, plant and equipment; accounts receivable; inventory; and income-producing commercial properties.

97



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(22)  Commitments and Contingencies (continued)


Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions.  Except for certain long-term guarantees, the majority of guarantees expire in one year .  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  Collateral supporting those commitments, for which collateral is deemed necessary, generally amounts to one hundred percent of the commitment amount at December 31, 2013.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Bank has not been required to perform on any financial guarantees and no losses were incurred.

Commitments to extend credit were as follows:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
Loan commitments:
 
 
Fixed rate
 
$
10,380

Variable rate
 
183,344

Total loan commitments
 
193,724

Standby letters of credit
 
1,114

Total commitments
 
$
194,838


(c) Contingencies: The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time defendants in and are threatened with various legal proceedings arising from regular business activities.  Management believes the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such claims or contingencies will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.


98



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(23) Related Party Transactions

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Bank had loans to persons serving as directors and executive officers, and to entities related to such individuals.  All loans were made on essentially the same terms and conditions as comparable transactions with other persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.  The following table details the loan activity of related party transactions for the years ended December 31:
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
Beginning balance
 
$
2,403

 
$
3,804

New loans or advances
 
121

 
1,772

Payments
 
(259
)
 
(3,173
)
Reclassifications (1)
 
(396
)
 

Ending balance
 
$
1,869

 
$
2,403

Available credit
 
$
525

 
$
755

 
(1) Represents loans that were once considered related party but are no longer considered related party, or loans that were not related party that subsequently became related party loans.  

The Bank held deposits from related parties totaling $1.5 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

(24) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:
 
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
First quarter
 
Second quarter
 
Third quarter
 
Fourth quarter
Interest income
 
$
19,610

 
$
18,726

 
$
18,469

 
$
18,554

Interest expense
 
1,428

 
1,369

 
1,322

 
1,301

Net interest income
 
18,182

 
17,357

 
17,147

 
17,253

Provision for loan losses
 
1,950

 
11,764

 
525

 
376

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
16,232

 
5,593

 
16,622

 
16,877

Noninterest income
 
4,346

 
11,697

 
3,137

 
3,165

Noninterest expense
 
13,867

 
12,926

 
13,072

 
16,436

Income before provision for income tax
 
6,711

 
4,364

 
6,687

 
3,606

Provision for income tax
 
2,127

 
1,456

 
2,185

 
1,104

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,584

 
$
2,908

 
$
4,502

 
$
2,502

Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.30

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.16

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.30

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.29

 
$
0.16

Cash dividends declared per share
 
$
0.15

 
$
0.15

 
$
0.09

 
$
0.15



99



WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
First quarter
 
Second quarter
 
Third quarter
 
Fourth quarter
Interest income
 
$
23,283

 
$
22,726

 
$
22,262

 
$
21,439

Interest expense
 
1,981

 
1,837

 
1,710

 
1,585

Net interest income
 
21,302

 
20,889

 
20,552

 
19,854

Provision for loan losses
 
2,000

 
2,748

 
1,250

 
3,746

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
19,302

 
18,141

 
19,302

 
16,108

Noninterest income
 
1,297

 
988

 
1,358

 
4,603

Noninterest expense
 
13,655

 
15,109

 
13,663

 
13,972

Income before provision for income tax
 
6,944

 
4,020

 
6,997

 
6,739

Provision for income tax
 
2,171

 
1,173

 
2,359

 
2,153

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
4,773

 
$
2,847

 
$
4,638

 
$
4,586

Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.31

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.30

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.31

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.30

 
$
0.30

Cash dividends declared per share
 
$
0.12

 
$
0.14

 
$
0.09

 
$
0.15



(25) Subsequent Events

On January 30, 2014 , the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per common share to shareholders of record as of February 10, 2014 , payable on February 26, 2014 .

100



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.  Based on this evaluation, they concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in the periodic reports to the SEC.  The design of any system of controls is based in part upon various assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any of the Company’s plans, products, services or procedures will succeed in achieving their intended goals under future conditions. Management found no facts that would require the Company to take any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Disclosure and Reporting
 
There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period ended December 31, 2013 , that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

See “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” set forth in Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , immediately preceding the financial statement audit report of Moss Adams LLP.




101


Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information about the Directors

The address for each of the directors is care of Washington Banking Company, 450 SW Bayshore Drive, PO Box 7001, Oak Harbor, Washington 98277. All directors are presently directors of both the Company and the Bank.

Rhoda L. Altom                                             Director since 2013

Ms. Altom, 57, is a real estate investor and manager and has been the President and Managing Member of Milestone Properties and Milestone Managers since 1984. Her company specializes in the acquisition and property management of commercial, retail, apartment and land projects which are held in partnerships to own and operate properties in the Puget Sound area. A resident of Seattle, Ms. Altom holds a BS degree in Engineering - Construction Management from Washington State University and an Executive Masters in Business Administration from the University of Washington. She is a founder and trustee of several philanthropic associations, including the YWCA Endowment Guild, Washington Women’s Foundation and Pediatric Brain Tumor Research Fund & PBTRF Guild at Children’s Hospital. Ms. Altom received an Alumni Achievement Award from WSU in 2009. Ms. Altom’s business acumen and strategic management skills, together with her broad experience serving on various boards and committees, bring strong operational and financial experience to the Board.

Mark D. Crawford                                         Director since 2011

Mr. Crawford, 53, is the vice-president and general manager of Smokey Point Concrete/ Skagit Ready Mix unit of CPC Materials, Inc. He previously served as the president of Smokey Point Concrete, Inc. from 1986 until September 2013, when the company was purchased by CPC Materials, Inc. Mr. Crawford is a board member and past-President of the Washington Aggregate & Concrete Association and is an Advisory Board member for Youth Dynamics, Arlington WA. Mr. Crawford is extremely involved in the community, particularly with youth activities, devoting a lot of time to coaching and attending local sporting events. Mr. Crawford has additional experience in board and committee service for other local entities and he holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Business Management from Portland State University. He contributes to the board by drawing on his knowledge of business practices, familiarity with the Snohomish County market and previous experience as a director.

Deborah J. Gavin                                         Director since 2013

Ms. Gavin, 57, was employed by the Boeing Company for over 20 years and retired from the position of Vice President of Finance and Controller in 2010. Ms. Gavin served as an Undergraduate and Graduate Adjunct Accounting Faculty with City University, Seattle and was a Management Consultant for Deloitte. Prior to her employment with Boeing, Ms. Gavin was a Special Agent with the US Department of Treasury. Ms. Gavin is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Washington. She holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business from the State University of New York College at Buffalo and an MBA in Finance from Seattle University. Ms. Gavin is currently a board member of the Washington Business Alliance. Her extensive financial background, leadership skills and depth of public company knowledge provide the Board and Audit Committee with valuable expertise.

Jay T. Lien                                             Director since 1987

Mr. Lien, 70, has been the president of a real estate company since 1986. He is currently the President of Saratoga Passage LLC, a real estate company that was established in 2004. Mr. Lien served as Chairman of the Board of the Company and the Bank from September 1998 until April 2001. In addition to providing diversity in geographic representation through his activity on Camano Island and in San Juan County, Mr. Lien’s experience in the real estate industry and as a business owner provides specialized knowledge of the Bank’s market areas and real estate economic conditions. A significant portion of the Bank’s lending activity is in commercial real estate and an understanding of real estate in each of our primary markets is essential to our loan review process.


102


Table of Contents

Gragg E. Miller                                             Director since 2009

Mr. Miller, 62, is the Principal Managing Broker of Coldwell Banker Bain realtors in Bellingham and has held a principal position at the same realty firm since 1978. Mr. Miller holds a Bachelor’s Degree from the University of Washington. He has attended numerous professional institutes in the real estate field and was honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award from the Whatcom County Board of Realtors in 2006. Mr. Miller has extensive community relations experience, with involvement in civic and business organizations in Bellingham. He brings to the board a specialized knowledge of the real estate industry, with a focus in Whatcom County, and experience in overseeing a growing company.

Anthony B. Pickering                                         Director since 1996

Mr. Pickering, 66, owned Max Dale’s Restaurant and Stanwood Grill from 1983 and 2001, respectively, until 2008. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Mathematics from Washington State University. He is a past-President of the Skagit Valley Hospital Foundation and previously served as a Trustee for the Washington State University Foundation Board of Trustees and on the board of the Economic Development Association of Skagit County. Mr. Pickering currently serves as Chairman of the Board of the Company and the Bank, on the board of directors of the Skagit Preschool and Resource Center and the Skagit Regional Public Facilities District. Mr. Pickering’s reputation as a well-respected member of the Skagit County community, including Mount Vernon citizen of the year, and his prior board experience bring leadership qualities to the board. Mr. Pickering’s business background gives him experience in financial literacy, human resources management and community relations.

Robert T. Severns                                         Director since 2010

Mr. Severns, 63, has been in the title insurance business for over 40 years. From 1999, he was the President of Chicago Title Insurance Company/ Island Division, Oak Harbor until retiring to part-time status in 2011. He served on the Island Title Company Board of Directors for 15 years and served on the Board for Land Title of Kitsap and Mason Counties for four years. Mr. Severns serves as an Oak Harbor City Council member. He holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Administrative Management from Central Washington University, and has varied experience in board and committee memberships at local and state levels. Mr. Severns brings to the board a specialized knowledge of the title insurance industry, extensive community involvement and a considerable amount of experience as a director.

John L. Wagner                                             Director since 2007

Mr. Wagner, 70, has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 2008 and was the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank from April 2007 through December 2011. He joined the Bank in 1999 as Senior Vice President and Regional Manager in Whatcom County. In 2002, Mr. Wagner was selected to oversee branch administration and was promoted to COO in 2004. Mr. Wagner has a broad background in banking and international finance as well as comprehensive administrative experience as former President of Bank of Washington in Bellingham, Washington. Mr. Wagner has extensive experience regarding the operations and products of the Company, gained through his position as President of the Company and his prior operations experience with the Bank. He brings to the Board specialized knowledge of the banking and financial services industries, extensive experience in human resources management and community relations experience.

Information about the Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information about the Company’s executive officers. The named executive officers, (all officers listed below other than Mr. Eng), are referred to in this proxy statement as the “Named Executives.":
Name
 Age
Position
Has Served as an Executive Officer of the Company or Bank Since
John L. Wagner
70
President and Chief Executive Officer/ Washington Banking Company
2004
Bryan McDonald
42
President and Chief Executive Officer/Whidbey Island Bank
2010
Richard A. Shields
54
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
2004
George W. Bowen
65
Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer
2012
Edward Eng
51
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
2012
Daniel E. Kuenzi
49
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
2012

103


Table of Contents


John L. Wagner. Biographical information for Mr. Wagner is presented above in “Information about Directors.”

Bryan McDonald. Mr. McDonald was promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of January 1, 2012. Mr. McDonald joined the Bank in 2006 as Commercial Banking Manager and he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from April 1, 2010 until his promotion to Executive Vice President on August 26, 2010. Mr. McDonald has been serving in the banking industry since 1994, including in regional commercial lending management roles since 1996 for Washington Mutual and Peoples Bank. Mr. McDonald has served as a director on the board of Whidbey Island Bank since January 2012.

Richard A. Shields. Mr. Shields is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Shields joined the Bank in 2004 and has over 20 years of experience in various accounting-related positions with Pacific Northwest-based banks. From November 1998 until October 2004, he was the Vice President and Controller at a bank in the Pacific Northwest that grew substantially both organically and through multiple acquisitions.

George W. Bowen. Mr. Bowen was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer effective January 1, 2012. Mr. Bowen’s responsibilities include overseeing retail, mortgage and commercial customer-related business lines. He has over 40 years of experience in commercial lending, retail banking and various management positions. Mr. Bowen has an MBA from Western Washington University. Prior to joining Whidbey Island Bank in 2010, Mr. Bowen was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer at a bank in Whatcom County, a position he held from 1996 to 2010.

Edward Eng. Mr. Eng was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer effective January 1, 2012 and has responsibility over the Bank’s back room support functions and project management. Mr. Eng is a CPA with an MBA from the University of Washington. In addition to experience in public accounting, he has 24 years of banking experience covering accounting, finance, technology, M&A, loan operations and compliance. Mr. Eng was the Division Finance Officer within the consumer lending and commercial banking groups of Washington Mutual from 2005 to 2009. He worked as an independent consultant during 2009 and 2010. The Bank engaged him for consulting services in 2010 prior to Mr. Eng accepting the FDIC Loss Share Reporting and Accounting Manager position with the Bank in December 2010.

Daniel E. Kuenzi. Mr. Kuenzi took over as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer on January 1, 2012. Mr. Kuenzi started with Whidbey Island Bank in 2007 as a Commercial Banking Team Leader, then a Region Manager, and transitioned into the role of Senior Credit Administrator in 2010. Mr. Kuenzi has accumulated 25 years of commercial credit, lending and management experience through his positions at Wells Fargo Bank, Washington Mutual Bank, US Bank and Whidbey Island Bank.

All officers are elected by the Board of Directors for one year terms or until their successors are appointed and qualified. Mr. Wagner has a Salary Continuation Plan with the Company and the Bank. Each of the other Named Executives has an employment agreement with the Company or the Bank. See the narrative discussion following the Summary Compensation table below.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Washington Banking Company (WBCO) is a reporting company under the Exchange Act. Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, and the rules promulgated thereunder, require directors, officers, greater than 10% shareholders, and certain other key personnel (the “Reporting Persons”) to report their ownership and any change in ownership of WBCO securities to the SEC. A Form 5 for Mr. Miller was filed in January 2014 to report disposition transactions that occurred in 2012 and 2013 totaling 1,356 shares. Mr. Miller gifted shares to his adult offspring. Based solely upon our review of (i) Forms 3, 4 and 5 that we filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, or received from them with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and (ii) their written representations that no Form 5 is required, we believe that all other reporting persons made all required Section 16 filings with respect to the 2013 fiscal year on a timely basis.


104


Table of Contents

Information regarding the Board and its Committees

The Board of Directors of WBCO has established standing committees, including an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee. Only non-management, independent directors serve on such committees. The table below shows current membership for each of the standing Board committees.
 
Audit Committee
  
Compensation Committee
  
Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee
Rhoda L. Altom
Mark D. Crawford
Deborah J. Gavin
Gragg E. Miller*
Anthony B. Pickering
  
Mark D. Crawford
Deborah J. Gavin
Jay T. Lien
Anthony B. Pickering
Robert T. Severns*
  
Rhoda L. Altom
Jay T. Lien*
Gragg E. Miller
Anthony B. Pickering
Robert T. Severns
* Committee Chairman

Audit Committee . The Audit Committee reviews and approves the services of our independent auditors; reviews the plan, scope, and audit results of our internal auditors and independent auditors; and reviews the examination reports of bank regulatory authorities. The Audit Committee also reviews the Company’s annual and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the annual report to WBCO shareholders. Each of the Audit Committee members is independent of management within the meaning of currently applicable SEC rules and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing requirements.

The Board of Directors reviews the criteria for an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable rules on an annual basis, typically after the shareholders’ election of directors. Based on its review of the criteria in 2013, the Board determined that independent director Ms. Gavin qualifies as an audit committee financial expert. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee which is available on our web page, www.wibank.com. The document can be accessed by clicking on the “Investor Relations” tab and then the “Governance” tab. There were four meetings of the Audit Committee during 2013 and each of the Audit Committee members serving in 2013 attended at least 75% of the meetings.

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring compensation programs, and for evaluating the performance of executive officers of WBCO and its subsidiaries. Each of the Compensation Committee members is independent within the meaning of currently applicable SEC rules and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing requirements. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is posted on the Company’s website, www.wibank.com. The document can be accessed by clicking on the “Investor Relations” tab and then the “Governance” tab. During 2013, there were four meetings of the Compensation Committee and each of the Compensation Committee members serving in 2013 attended at least 75% of the meetings.

Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee. The Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee performs a critical role in guiding the Company’s strategic direction and oversees the management of the Company, as well as performing the functions of a nominating committee. Board candidates, including directors up for re-election and potential candidates recommended by shareholders, are considered based upon various criteria, such as business and professional skills and experiences, banking experience, concern for long-term interests of the shareholders, personal integrity, freedom from conflicts of interest, sound business judgment, community involvement (including in the Bank's market areas) and time available to devote to board activities. The committee considers the attributes and experience of retiring directors when seeking nominees. The committee does not have a specific policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees, although the committee’s objective is to create a corporate Board comprised of a diverse blend of people who possess individual skills and knowledge that contribute to the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.

Historically, the committee identified nominees for director through recommendations of directors, executive officers, and shareholders. More recently, the Board engaged the services of a search company to locate potential candidates. The process was successful, with two of the current directors having been identified by the search company, and it is reasonable that the Board would consider paying for like services at some point in the future.


105


Table of Contents

The Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee is comprised solely of directors who are independent within the meaning of currently applicable SEC rules and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing requirements. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee, which is posted on the Company’s website, www.wibank.com. The document can be accessed by clicking on the “Investor Relations” tab and then the “Governance” tab. During 2013, the Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee met twice and each committee member serving in 2013 attended at least 75% of the meetings.

Board of Directors Meetings. There were 17 meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company during 2013. All directors serving in 2013 attended at least 75% of the total meetings of the Board in 2013.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may elect a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman leads the board and presides at all Board meetings, and is responsible for delivery of information for the Board’s informed decision-making.

Based upon the structure that we believe best serves the interests of the Company and its shareholders, the Board determines whether the role of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer should be held by one individual or should be separated. Currently, the Chairman of the Board is an independent director.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Throughout the year, the Board assesses the primary operational and regulatory risks facing the Company and the Bank. In their discussions, the Board considers the relative magnitude of the risks, the likelihood of the risks coming to fruition, and reviews the plans that management has to mitigate those risks. The Audit Committee, which is responsible for the oversight of the Bank’s internal auditor and the Bank’s independent auditors, meets directly with those auditors at various times during the course of the year, reports to the entire Board on the risks discussed in its committee meetings and management’s plans and progress in the supervision and control of those risks.

The Company has a management Risk Management Committee comprised of representatives from each operating area of the Bank. The primary purpose of the committee is to review financial and operating risks, identify potential new risks and evaluate the effectiveness of the bank’s risk management process. The committee is chaired by the internal auditor, who provides periodic reports to the Board of Directors regarding the committee’s assessments of risks.

The Board will continue to review and approve or modify the level of risk that is acceptable, monitor the status of significant risks and the responses thereto, evaluate the status of new initiatives to identify and control risks, and monitor the enterprise risk management strategy and infrastructure.

Director Attendance at Annual Meeting

It is the Company’s policy that the directors who are up for election at the Annual Meeting attend the meeting. All directors who were up for election at the 2013 Annual Meeting attended the meeting.

Communications with Directors

The Board provides a process for shareholders to send communications to the Board or any of the directors. Shareholders may send communications to the attention of the Company’s Secretary, Shelly Angus, Washington Banking Company, 450 SW Bayshore Drive, P.O. Box 7001, Oak Harbor, Washington 98277. All communications will be compiled by the Secretary and submitted to the Board or the individual director on a periodic basis.


106


Table of Contents

Shareholder Recommendations for Director Nominees and Nominations by Shareholders

The Board will consider candidates recommended by security holders, and the Company also accepts shareholder nominations made in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws. Recommendations by shareholders are duly considered by the Board or Corporate Governance / Nominating Committee and the committee does not have a specific policy unique to the consideration of director candidates recommended by security holders. The committee does not feel a policy is necessary as it applies the same analysis to all candidates. Shareholders interested in making a recommendation of a potential candidate should follow the procedure for Board communications described above, and the Secretary will forward the recommendation to the Board or the committee. The committee believes that qualified candidates have a combination of one or more of the following: business and professional skills and experience, banking experience, concern for long-term interests of the shareholders, personal integrity, freedom from conflicts of interest, sound business judgment, community involvement (including in the Bank's market areas) and time available to devote to board activities.

The Company’s Bylaws require that shareholder nominations must be made in writing not less than 14 nor more than 50 days prior to the meeting, and must be delivered or mailed to the Chairman of WBCO. However, if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, the notification must be mailed or delivered to the Chairman not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed. Such notification must contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (c) the total number of shares of stock of WBCO that will be voted for each proposed nominee; (d) the name and address of the notifying shareholder; (e) the number of shares of stock of WBCO owned by the notifying shareholder; and (f) whether the nominee has agreed to serve if elected. Nominations not made in accordance with the above requirements may be disregarded by the Chairman of the meeting, in his discretion, and upon the Chairman’s instruction, the inspector of elections and vote tabulator may disregard all votes cast for such a nominee.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to our board of directors since our procedures were disclosed in the proxy statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct which contains a Code of Ethics that is applicable to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all other persons performing similar functions. The Company’s Code of Conduct is available on the Company’s website at www.wibank.com and is also available free of charge by writing to Washington Banking Company, Investor Relations, PO Box 7001, Oak Harbor, WA 98277. We require all employees to adhere to the Code of Conduct in addressing legal and ethical issues that they encounter. The Code requires employees to avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and regulations, and conduct business in an honest and ethical manner. Our employees may report confidential and anonymous complaints to an “ethics hotline” by calling a toll-free phone number maintained by an independent vendor.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the Company’s compensation philosophy and the process that the Compensation Committee and Board undertakes, and factors it considers, in determining appropriate compensation for executives. The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring compensation programs, and for evaluating the performance of executive officers of WBCO and its subsidiaries. Any action taken by the Compensation Committee is reported to the Board at the next Board of Directors meeting with the Compensation Committee’s recommendation, and the Board considers recommended compensation plans and arrangements with executives. The Compensation Committee consists of directors who are independent under NASDAQ and SEC definitions, and the committee operates under a charter available on our web site.
  
The Chief Executive Officer is actively involved in the compensation process as he recommends, when appropriate, salaries, incentives and awards for other executive officers to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, however, ultimately reviews and approves individual executive officer salaries, incentives, bonuses, stock option grants and other equity-based awards.

The Compensation Committee considered the results of the 2013 annual say-on-pay vote with over 96% voting to approve executive compensation.

107


Table of Contents

Compensation Philosophy . The Compensation Committee believes that compensation of executive officers and other key personnel should reflect and support the Company’s goals and strategies and should attract and retain employees who are critical to the Company’s long-term success.

Principles guiding the compensation philosophy include:

providing a competitive salary;
maintaining flexibility within the compensation programs to adapt to changes, such as the local competitive environment or recruiting conditions; and
providing incentive compensation to reward performance, align employee and corporate goals, and retain key members of senior management.

The Company has historically emphasized cash incentives for performance and equity-based compensation as a long term retention tool and an additional tie to the long-term success of WBCO. Cash incentives were historically awarded to create a close link between the interests of employees and shareholders by rewarding growth in assets and earnings while maintaining good asset quality. The Compensation Committee believes that cash incentives, either pursuant to a plan linked to specific goals or in the Board’s discretion based on the Company’s profitability and individual annual performance, are an important part of the Company’s compensation program.

Review of Risk Associated With Compensation Plans. The Compensation Committee reviews incentive plans on an annual basis to determine appropriate awards for the prior year and to make adjustments for the current year’s incentives and award levels. Historically, incentive compensation plans have included provisions that enable adjustment for the final scoring and payments based on audited results and other factors. Cash-based incentive plans were not in effect during 2013.

All members of the Compensation Committee are provided information regarding the Company’s financial performance and they use this information when reviewing and approving incentive payouts to the Named Executives. The Board regularly receives reports about key credit measures and steps undertaken by management to address credit risk and discourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking.

The Compensation Committee meets with senior risk officers of the Company to review incentive compensation plans for all employees, and concluded that those plans in effect in 2013 did not present risks that were reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company, encourage earnings manipulation or expose the Company to unnecessary risk. The Company continued to suspend cash incentive-based compensation plans for all employees in 2013 with the exception of the real estate department employees, none of whom are Named Executives. All but two real estate loan officers received incentive-based compensation for originating mortgages; the remaining two received commission-based compensation for mortgage originations. Risk related to incentive and commission based compensation to loan officers is mitigated through internal audits and the fact that loans are sold into the secondary market and must meet certain conditions for sale.

Compensation Programs and 2013 Compensation Decisions . For 2013, WBCO’s compensation program included competitive salaries and benefits and also opportunities for employee ownership of WBCO common stock through a stock incentive plan. In October 2011, the Company worked with Matthews, Young - Management Consulting to complete a report of compensation data of regional bank holding companies with total assets between $1.3 billion and $3.1 billion (AmericanWest Bancorp, BOFI Holding Inc, Cascade Bancorp, Cascade Financial Corp, Center Financial Corp, Cobiz Financial Inc., Farmers & Merchants Bancorp, First California Financial Group, First Financial Northwest, First Regional Bancorp, Guaranty Bancorp, Hanmi Financial Corp, Heritage Commerce Corp, Horizon Financial, PremierWest Bancorp, Provident Financial, Sierra Bancorp, Temecula Valley Bancorp, Trico Bancshares, United Western Bancorp and West Coast Bancorp) and, because of the number of regional bank holding companies that were not profitable, a report of compensation data of profitable bank holding companies with assets between $1.3 billion and $2.5 billion that were not limited to the western region of the United States (Alliance Financial, Camden National Corp, Canandaigua Financial Corp, Cardinal Financial Corp, Enterprise Bancorp, ESB Financial Corp, Farmers & Merchants Bancorp, First Financial Corp, First Long Island Corp, Hills Bancorporation, Horizon Bancorp, Merchants Bancshares, NASB Financial Inc, Northfield Bancorp Inc, Oceanfirst Financial Corp, Rockville Financial Inc, S Y Bancorp Inc, Sierra Bancorp and Trico Bancshares). In preparation for the 2013 compensation period, the consultant was contacted regarding the continuing relevance of the data. The consultant determined that there had not been sufficient change in market data to warrant a new study and data from the October 2011 review remained applicable.


108


Table of Contents

In determining compensation packages for individual executives, the Compensation Committee considers WBCO’s overall performance, as measured by attainment of strategic and budgeted financial goals and prior performance. The Compensation Committee also reviews generally available peer data and industry surveys of compensation for comparable positions with similar institutions in the State of Washington, the Pacific Northwest and the United States. Consultant reports and analysis, which include industry surveys, are used as one element in determining the competitiveness of the compensation of the Company’s executives.

The Compensation Committee does not target a specific percentage, or benchmark, of peers or survey data. It is not anticipated that the limitations on deductibility, under the Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), of compensation to any one executive that exceeds $1,000,000 in a single year will apply to WBCO or its subsidiaries in the foreseeable future. In the event that such limitation would apply, the Compensation Committee will analyze the circumstances presented and act in a manner that, in its judgment, would be in the best interests of the Company. This may or may not involve actions to preserve deductibility.

Components of WBCO’s compensation programs for Named Executives are as follows:

Base Salary and Bonus . Salary levels of executive officers are designed to be competitive within the banking industry. In setting competitive salary ranges, the Compensation Committee works with management to periodically evaluate current salary levels of other financial institutions with size, lines of business, geographic locations and market place position similar to WBCO’s based on the peer data and industry surveys described above. The Compensation Committee does not use a targeted benchmark, or other formula, to establish salaries. The Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations for the base salaries of the Company’s other Named Executives. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves or disapproves such recommendations . Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of the Company’s performance review process as well as upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility. Merit-based increases to salaries are based on the Compensation Committee’s assessment of the individual’s performance. From time to time, the Company considers discretionary cash bonuses unrelated to incentive plans and paid such a bonus to employees in December 2013 based on individual and Company performance. Bonuses for the Named Executives were paid at 10% of base salary, with the exception of Mr. Kuenzi who received a higher cash bonus to recognize his contributions. Further, at the time, Mr. Kuenzi was not scheduled to receive an equity grant that was awarded to the other executives in January 2014. Bonuses are reflected on the Summary Compensation Table later in this proxy statement.

Cash Incentive Plan Awards . The Compensation Committee and the Board decided to continue to suspend cash incentive plans for 2013 based on budgeted profit levels and recent annual results.

Stock Option and Other Stock-Based Compensation . Equity-based compensation is intended to more closely align the financial interests of WBCO’s executives with long-term shareholder value and to assist in the retention of executives who are key to the success of WBCO and Whidbey Island Bank. Equity-based compensation generally has been in the form of incentive stock options and restricted stock awards pursuant to existing stock plans. Grants of equity awards are based on the performance of WBCO and various subjective factors relating primarily to the responsibilities of individual executives and their expected future contributions to the Company. WBCO’s general practice has been to award a higher number of RSUs to officers with greater responsibilities.

The Compensation Committee determines from time to time which of the Named Executives, if any, will receive stock awards and determines the number of shares subject to each grant, considering the value of such grants at the time of the award. Recommendations for awards to other officers are made by executive management to the Compensation Committee. Stock awards are entirely discretionary. For 2013, the Committee reviewed management’s recommendation for the number of restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”) to officers other than the CEO. After considering the compensation study for specified officers, assessing the competitiveness of its compensation within the industry, and with the intention to move closer to the median for total compensation, the Committee approved awards totaling 21,000 RSUs for five executive officers. An award of 7,500 RSUs was approved for the CEO, consistent with the total to each of the other Named Executives. The grants are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table later in this proxy statement.

Stock options are granted at the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on NASDAQ on the date of the grant. The majority of the awards granted by the Committee vest at a rate of equal percentages per year over three- to five-year periods, although the Stock Plan has provisions for exceptions in the case of certain terminations of employment or extraordinary events. Individual vesting periods of awards are determined by the Compensation Committee and may, at the Committee’s discretion, be considered independently from other awards.


109


Table of Contents

Equity-based compensation generally has been in the form of incentive stock options, restricted stock unit awards and restricted stock awards pursuant to shareholder approved stock incentive plans, including the current 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The plans are designed to provide a form of incentive compensation that promotes high performance and achievement of corporate goals by directors and employees, encourages the growth of shareholder value, and allows employees to participate in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company.

Hiring Incentives . The Company considers hiring bonuses as an effective leverage point in attracting executive talent. Bonuses may be used as an incentive to an executive candidate to provide compensation in lieu of forfeited benefits from a previous employer in an effort to promote acceptance of a job offer from WBCO. Discretion is used in determining the amount of the hiring bonus to be offered, based, in part, on the amount and type of compensation forfeited, negotiated individual requirements, and common industry practices. The Compensation Committee reviews hiring bonus incentives. During 2013, no hiring bonuses were paid to the Named Executives.

In connection with the hiring of a new executive and consistent with industry practices, the Company may offer cash assistance to move household goods in the event that relocation is necessary. In addition, the Company may pay costs of housing and utilities for a short period of time after employment to allow time for relocation, or for a longer period in cases where the executive is not relocating permanently. Type and amount of relocation expenses will vary recognizing different recruiting conditions.

Deferred Compensation Plan . In December 2000, the Bank approved the adoption of an Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“Comp Plan”) to take effect January 2001, under which select participants may elect to defer receipt of a portion of eligible compensation. In December 2007, the Bank’s Board of Directors approved a resolution to suspend the Comp Plan effective January 1, 2008 and no contributions were allowed during calendar year 2008 due to the then-pending merger. The Comp Plan was reinstated and new contributions were permitted beginning January 2009. The Bank’s Board of Directors again approved a resolution to suspend the Comp Plan effective January 1, 2014 following the agreement to merge with Heritage Financial Corporation, which is expected to take place during the first half of 2014.

The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Comp Plan:

Purpose . The purpose of the Comp Plan is to (1) provide a deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2) and 301(a)(3) of ERISA and directors of the Bank, and (2) attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility with the Bank and its subsidiaries. The Comp Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation agreement. Participation in the Comp Plan is voluntary and available to the Company’s executive officers, senior vice presidents, and directors.

Contributions and Earnings . Eligible compensation for executives includes 25% of salary and 50% of annual cash incentive award. In no event may a participant’s total deferral reduce his taxable income to an amount less than the Social Security Wage Base in any calendar year. Participants may change their deferral election only during the annual open enrollment period, but may request a change in their investment strategy as often as monthly. The Bank retains the deferrals and credits a bookkeeping account in the participant’s name. Earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis and are based on the participant’s election of an investment index including various mutual funds. A third-party service provider tracks the contributions and earnings; the Bank audits the reports and provides periodic statements of account activity and balance information to individual participants.

Source of Benefits . Benefits under the Comp Plan are payable solely by the Bank. To enable the Bank to meet its financial commitment under the Comp Plan, assets may be set aside in a corporate-owned vehicle. These assets are available to all general creditors of the Bank in the event of the Bank’s insolvency. Participants of the Comp Plan are unsecured general creditors of the Bank with respect to the Comp Plan benefits.

Deferrals under the Comp Plan may reduce compensation used to calculate benefits under the Bank’s 401(k) Plan. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the Comp Plan and any awards made under the Comp Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Any provision that would cause the Comp Plan or any award to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force or effect until amended to comply with Section 409A, which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

Distributions . In-service distributions are allowed. The participant may take a lump sum distribution by January 20 th of a chosen year at least two years after the deferral unit is complete. The participant may also apply for an in-service distribution in the event of a financial hardship.

110


Table of Contents


If a participant in the Comp Plan terminates employment for a reason other than retirement, the account balance will be paid in a lump sum distribution. Upon retirement, the participant will receive a lump sum distribution or annual installments over a 5, 10 or 15 year period, depending on the option chosen at the time of enrollment.

In the event of death of a participant prior to distribution, the participant’s beneficiary will receive the balance of the account.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation . In 2010, the Compensation Committee completed a multi-year process that involved a review of Mr. Wagner’s compensation package. Due to the change in circumstances following a terminated merger in 2008 and the Board’s desire to retain Mr. Wagner’s employment, the Compensation Committee began to discuss retirement benefits and stock awards for Mr. Wagner to approximate the amount of change in control termination benefit he expected with his retirement - approximately $900,000. With the assistance of Bank Compensation Consulting, the Company and the Bank entered into Salary Continuation Plans with Mr. Wagner. (see Retirement Agreement for Mr. Wagner for additional detail regarding the Salary Continuation Plans)

The Compensation Committee considered qualitative accomplishments in 2013. The Compensation Committee recognized the substantial time and effort expended by management (1) in continuing the successful operations of the Company, (2) maintaining profitability, and (3) sustaining corporate performance.

Based on the foregoing, and consistent with the Compensation Committee’s overall compensation philosophy, the Compensation Committee made the following determinations with respect to the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation in 2013: Mr. Wagner’s salary remained at $375,000 for 2013, he received a cash bonus of $37,500 paid in December 2013, and he received a restricted stock unit award totaling 7,500 units vesting on three annual dates beginning January 24, 2014.

Conclusion . The Compensation Committee believes that for the 2013 fiscal year, the compensation of Mr. Wagner, as well as for the other Named Executives, was consistent with WBCO’s overall compensation philosophy and the performance of the Company for the year.

111


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
Name and
Principal Position
Year
Salary ($)
Bonus ($)
Stock Awards ($)
Option Awards
($)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)
Change in Pension Value
and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)
All Other Compensation ($)
Total ($)
PEO John Wagner
2013
375,000
37,500
104,325 (1)
194,547 (2)
13,472 (3)
724,844
Wagner
2012
375,000
37,500
223,429 (4)
157,419 (5)
11,680 (3)
805,028
Wagner
2011
375,000
14,000 (6)
64,700 (7)
298,814 (8)
27,924 (9)
780,438
PFO Richard Shields
2013
235,620
23,562
55,640 (1)
1,017 (10)
8,012 (11)
323,851
Shields
2012
231,000
23,100
39,840 (12)
NA
7,841 (11)
301,781
Shields
2011
225,002
7,056 (6)
32,350 (7)
NA
7,661 (11)
272,069
CEO Bryan McDonald
2013
250,000
25,000
69,550 (1)
NA
7,193 (11)
351,743
McDonald
2012
231,500
23,150
53,120 (12)
NA
7,261 (11)
315,031
McDonald
2011
206,000
8,000 (6)
32,350 (7)
NA
7,091 (11)
253,441
CBO George Bowen
2013
204,953
20,495
55,640 (1)
1,630 (10)
6,322 (11)
289,040
Bowen
2012
190,000
19,000
39,840 (12)
372 (10)
5,172 (11)
254,384
CCO Daniel Kuenzi
2013
208,080
56,808
55,640 (1)
NA
7,185 (11)
327,713
Kuenzi
2012
187,500
18,750
39,840 (12)
NA
6,330 (11)
252,420

(1)  
Reflects an award of restricted stock units granted on 1/24/13 (the Nasdaq market closing price on such date was $13.91). For information concerning the valuation assumptions used for the FASB ASC 718 fair value awards, see Note (1)(r) and Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
(2)  
Reflects an accounting expense of $85,403 and a payout of benefits of $50,000 under the Salary Continuation Plan, plus the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan earnings of $59,144; employee elected not to contribute to the Comp Plan in 2013.
(3)  
The amount disclosed represents matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) Plan; insurance premiums for long-term disability, group term life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance; and the value associated with the personal use of a Company-owned vehicle.
(4)  
Reflects two awards of restricted stock units. One was granted on 2/23/12 (the Nasdaq market closing price on such date was $13.28, which is the “fair value” of the grant on the grant date), and the second award was granted on 5/24/12 (the Nasdaq market closing price as of such date was $13.49). For information concerning the valuation assumptions used for the FASB ASC 718 fair value awards, see Note (1)(r) and Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(5)  
Reflects a payout of benefits under the Salary Continuation Plan of $116,667 plus the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan earnings of $40,752; employee elected not to contribute to the Comp Plan in 2012.
(6)  
A company-wide cash bonus distributed to employees in December 2010 was paid to executives in January 2011.
(7)  
Reflects an award of restricted stock units granted on 6/23/11 (the Nasdaq market closing price on such date was $12.94). For information concerning the valuation assumptions used for the FASB ASC 718 fair value awards, see Note (1)(r) and Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(8)  
Reflects accrued benefits under the Salary Continuation Plan and the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan earnings; employee elected not to contribute to the Comp Plan in 2011.
(9)  
The amount disclosed represents: a $14,424 one-time payout of unused vacation; matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) Plan; insurance premiums for long-term disability, group term life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance; and the value associated with the personal use of a Company-owned vehicle.
(10)  
Reflects the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan earnings.
(11)  
The amount disclosed represents matching contributions under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, together with long-term disability, group term life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance premiums.
(12)  
Reflects an award of restricted stock units granted on 2/23/12 (the Nasdaq market closing price on such date was $13.28). For information concerning the valuation assumptions used for the FASB ASC 718 fair value awards, see Note (1)(r) and Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Messrs. Bowen and Kuenzi became executive officers in 2012.

112


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements. For the reported periods, the Company had executive employment agreements with Messrs. Bowen, Eng, Kuenzi, McDonald, Shields and Wagner, the terms of which are substantially the same, except as described below.

Mr. Wagner’s employment agreement provides that, following termination of his employment by the Company without cause or by Mr. Wagner for good reason, he is entitled to employer-paid health and dental insurance benefits for a maximum period of 18 months or, if earlier, until such time that he becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment. Mr. Wagner is subject to a provision prohibiting him from soliciting the customers or employees of Washington Banking for a period of 18 months following his employment termination, but Mr. Wagner’s agreement does not include a non-compete clause and has no other separation or change in control benefits.

Messrs. Bowen, Kuenzi and Shields are eligible for certain payments and benefits under their respective employment agreements if the executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause or the executive officer terminates employment for good reason. The termination benefits under the employment agreements are calculated based on an amount equal to two times the executive officer’s highest annual base salary over the prior three years, plus an amount equal to two times the greater of the annual bonus last paid to the executive under the employment or two times the average bonus paid over the prior three years. Payment of the benefits commences on the 60th day following the executive officer’s termination of employment, provided that the executive officer has executed a release of claims, and continues with regular equal payments on the employer’s payroll schedule until two years after termination of employment. In addition, the employment agreements provide that, following termination of employment by Washington Banking without cause or by the executive for good reason, the executive officer is entitled to health and dental insurance benefits until such time that the executive officer becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment for a maximum period of 18 months except that, with respect to Mr. Bowen, such benefits are not payable for a termination of employment within two years following a change in control. The employment agreements contain a covenant not to compete with Washington Banking’s business for a period of 18 months (or 12 months in the event of a termination within 12 months following a change in control, which the proposed merger with Heritage Financial Corporation constitutes for purposes of the agreements) following employment termination, and not to solicit Washington Banking’s employees or customers for a period of 18 months following employment termination. Each of the agreements provides for reduction of the executive officer’s payments and benefits to the maximum amount that does not trigger the Internal Revenue Code Section 280G excise tax unless the executive would be better off (on an after-tax basis) receiving all payments and benefits due and paying all excise and income taxes.

The agreements for all six executives annually renew, with automatic extensions of one year unless written notice of nonrenewal is provided by either party.
Retirement Agreement for Mr. Wagner. In an effort to recognize Mr. Wagner for his contributions in rebuilding the Company after the 2008 terminated merger attempt, the Compensation Committee engaged a consultant and designed a compensation package of retirement benefits and stock awards for Mr. Wagner that complied with TARP restrictions and met the goals of providing Mr. Wagner a retirement benefit and incentives to maintain his focus on rebuilding the Company and positioning it for growth. The Compensation Committee ultimately provided a mix of salary continuation plans, a post-retirement benefit on or after age 69 (in 2012), and restricted stock awards vesting over three years.
The Company and the Bank are each party to a Salary Continuation Plan with Mr. Wagner dated December 10, 2010 (we refer to these collectively as the “SCPs” and individually as the “Bank SCP” and the “Company SCP”). The SCPs provide for a fixed schedule of retirement benefits to be paid to Mr. Wagner. Benefits under the Bank SCP commenced on August 24, 2012, when Mr. Wagner reached age 69. Benefits under the Company SCP commence upon his retirement on or after August 24, 2015, when Mr. Wagner reaches age 72. The Bank SCP normal retirement benefit was an initial lump sum payment of $100,000 plus $50,000 per year for five years from age 69, and the Company SCP normal retirement benefit provides an additional $25,000 per year for five years from age 72. If Mr. Wagner terminates employment prior to age 72 and prior to a change in control, the Company SCP generally provides for a lump sum payment of the vested, GAAP-accrued amount under the Company SCP, in addition to the normal retirement payments under the Bank SCP. For a termination following a change in control (which the proposed merger with Heritage Financial Corporation constitutes for purposes of the SCPs), the Company SCP provides for a lump sum payment of $125,000 and the Bank SCP provides for a lump sum payment of the vested, GAAP-accrued amount. If Mr. Wagner dies while receiving payments, his estate will receive the remainder of the scheduled payments under both the Bank SCP and the Company SCP. During 2013, Mr. Wagner received the $50,000 annual benefit from the Bank.
The SCPs include limits on benefits if the benefit would be non-deductible as an excess parachute payment under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as well as provisions to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable bank regulations related to golden parachute payments.

113


Table of Contents

Other Benefits. The Company maintains a salary savings 401(k) Plan for its employees, including its executive officers. All persons employed by the Company who are at least 21 years of age may elect to contribute a portion of their salary to the 401(k) Plan beginning the first of the month following the employee’s date of hire. Participant employees are eligible to receive Company contributions following completion of at least one year of service and an annual minimum of 1,000 service hours; contributions of up to 6% of salary are matched 50% by the Company, subject to certain specified limits. WBCO contributed approximately $35 thousand in matching funds for the Named Executives to the 401(k) Plan during 2013.
The Company provides the Named Executives benefits generally available to all employees including a group health insurance plan, and vacation and sick-pay benefits.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
Name
Grant Date (1)
All Other Stock Awards: Number
of Shares of Stock
or Units (#)
All Other Option Awards: Number
of Securities Underlying Options (#)
Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)
Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($) (2)
PEO John Wagner
1/24/2013
7,500
NA
104,325
PFO Richard Shields
1/24/2013
4,000
NA
55,640
CEO Bryan McDonald
1/24/2013
5,000
NA
69,550
CBO George Bowen
1/24/2013
4,000
NA
55,640
CCO Daniel Kuenzi
1/24/2013
4,000
NA
55,640

(1)  
All awards were approved and granted on the same date.
(2)  
For information concerning the valuation assumptions used for the FASB ASC 718 fair value awards, see Item 8.- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , Note (1)(r) and Note (17) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Stock Incentive Plan. WBCO shareholders approved the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”), which makes available 833,333 shares of common stock for incentive and nonqualified stock options, or ISOs and NSOs, restricted stock awards and other equity-based awards. The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the 2005 Plan:

Purpose. The purpose of the 2005 Plan is to (1) enhance the long-term profitability and shareholder value by offering equity-based incentive awards to employees, directors, consultants and agents of, and individuals to whom offers of employment have been made by, WBCO and its subsidiaries; (2) attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility with WBCO and its subsidiaries; and (3) encourage employees and directors to acquire and maintain stock ownership in WBCO.

Shares Subject to Plan . The number of shares available under the 2005 Plan is adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, or other changes in the capitalization of the Company. To the extent permitted by applicable law, expired, forfeited, terminated or canceled award shares will become available again for new awards. As of February 28, 2014, there were: 85,374 shares subject to options granted but not exercised, and 122,621 restricted stock units that remain subject to vesting conditions. As of February 28, 2014, shares issued pursuant to grants under the 2005 Plan include: 77,500 shares issued upon exercise of options; 199,945 shares issued upon vesting of restricted stock units; and 20,065 shares issued as restricted stock that have since satisfied the restrictions and are now unrestricted shares.

Limitations . Not more than 25% of the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be issued to any participant during any one calendar year. In addition, in the case of ISOs, the aggregate fair market value of all shares becoming exercisable in any one year shall not exceed $100,000.

Types of Awards . Awards may include: stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, stock appreciation rights or dividend equivalent rights. ISOs are intended to meet all the requirements of an “Incentive Stock Option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.


114


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants . The exercise price for each option granted is determined by the Compensation Committee, and for ISOs will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of WBCO common stock on the date of grant. For purposes of the 2005 Plan, “fair market value” means the closing transaction price of the common stock on the date of grant as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market System. NSOs are also issued at fair market value on the date of grant.

The term of options are fixed by the Compensation Committee. No ISO can be exercisable after 10 years from the date of the grant. Each option is exercisable pursuant to a vesting schedule determined by the Compensation Committee.

Amendment and Termination . The Plan expires ten years after its effective date, provided that any outstanding awards at that time will continue for the duration of the award. The Board may terminate the 2005 Plan at any time. The Board may amend the Plan at any time, except that shareholder approval is required to (i) increase the number of shares of common stock subject to the Plan, (ii) increase the type of eligible participants, or (iii) make any amendment that would require shareholder approval under any applicable law or regulation.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by the Named Executives as of December 31, 2013.
    Name
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Number of Securities underlying unexercised Options (#)
Number of Securities underlying unexercised Options (#)
Option Exercise Price ($)
Option Expiration Date
 
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (1)
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested ($) (2)
Exercisable
Unexercisable
PEO John Wagner
12,000


 9.11

6/26/2018
 
7500 (3)
132,975
Wagner
2,627


15.98
4/26/2017
 
4000 (4)
70,920
Wagner
496


14.60
4/17/2016
 
1667 (5)
29,556
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PFO Richard Shields
14,500


9.11
6/26/2018
 
4000 (3)
70,920
Shields
2,627


15.98
4/26/2017
 
2000  (6)
35,460
Shields
496


14.60
4/17/2016
 
834 (7)
14,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO Bryan McDonald
5,000


9.11
6/26/2018
 
5000 (3)
88,650
McDonald
1,194


15.98
4/26/2017
 
2666 (8)
47,268
McDonald


NA
NA
 
834  (7)
14,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CBO George Bowen


NA
NA
 
4000 (3)
70,920
Bowen


NA
NA
 
2000 (6)
35,460
Bowen


NA
NA
 
334 (9)
5,922
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CCO Daniel Kuenzi
2,000


9.11
6/26/2018
 
4000 (3)
70,920
Kuenzi
717


15.98
4/26/2017
 
2000 (6)
35,460
Kuenzi
1,000


15.77
1/25/2017
 
334 (9)
5,922
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)  
All unvested RSUs vest upon a change of control event.
(2)  
Market value on 12/31/13 using closing price of $17.73.
(3)  
Scheduled to vest in one-third portions annually, beginning 1/24/14.
(4)  
2,000 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/14; 2,000 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/15.
(5)  
1,667 RSUs scheduled to vest on 6/23/14.
(6)  
1,000 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/14; 1,000 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/15.
(7)  
834 RSUs scheduled to vest on 6/23/14.
(8)  
1,333 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/14; 1,333 RSUs scheduled to vest on 2/23/15.
(9)  
334 RSUs scheduled to vest on 6/23/14.

115


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested. The following table summarizes the realized value of option exercises and restricted stock vested during 2013 held by the Named Executives:
 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise
(#)
Value Realized on Exercise
($)
 
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting
(#)
Value Realized on Vesting
($)
PEO John Wagner
NA
 
3,667
50,391
PFO Richard Shields
NA
 
2,472 (1)
41,760 (1)
CEO Bryan McDonald
NA
 
3,001
41,678
CBO George Bowen
NA
 
1,333
18,419
CCO Daniel Kuenzi
NA
 
1,007  (2)
18,419  (2)

(1) 528 shares were surrendered to fulfill the tax obligation at vesting. Value realized is for 3,000 vested shares.
(2) 326 shares were surrendered to fulfill the tax obligation at vesting. Value realized is for 1,333 vested shares.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation. The following table summarizes contributions and earnings in the Comp Plan by the Named Executives as of December 31, 2013:
Name
Executive Contributions
in Last FY (1) ($)
Registrant Contributions
in Last FY ($)
Aggregate Earnings
in Last FY (2) ( $)
Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($)
Aggregate Balance at Last
Fiscal Year End ($)
PEO John Wagner

59,144


419,409

PFO Richard Shields
15,000

1,017

NA

16,017

CEO Bryan McDonald

NA
NA

NA

NA

CBO George Bowen
14,295

1,630


28,077

CCO Daniel Kuenzi

NA
NA

NA

NA


(1) Also reported on Summary Compensation Table as Salary.
(2) Reflects the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan earnings. Also reported on Summary Compensation Table.
Pension Benefits
Name
Plan Name
Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)
Payments During Last Fiscal Year
PEO John Wagner
Salary Continuation Plan - Bank  (1)
183,333

50,000

PEO John Wagner
Salary Continuation Plan - Company (1)
125,000



(1) S ee Retirement Agreement for Mr. Wagner for additional detail regarding the Salary Continuation Plans.


116


Table of Contents

Potential Payments on Termination or Change in Control. The section below describes the payments that may be made to Named Executives upon Separation, as defined below, pursuant to individual agreements, or in connection with a Change in Control.

Executive Severance and Employment Agreements . The Company is party to executive employment agreements with Messrs. Bowen, Eng, Kuenzi, McDonald, Shields and Wagner. Mr. Wagner’s employment agreement does not provide for severance benefits outside of those specified in his Salary Continuation Plan. The SCPs provide that if Mr. Wagner is terminated following a change of control and prior to reaching age 72, he would be entitled to the remaining payments as scheduled from the Bank plus a lump sum payment of $125,000 from the Company.

The employment agreements for Messrs. Bowen, Eng, Kuenzi, McDonald and Shields provide for a severance benefit to be paid in the event of a Change of Control and termination of the executive either by employer without Cause, or by the executive for Good Reason (all as defined in the agreements). The agreements provide that the executive would receive a severance benefit in an amount equal to two times the amount of his highest base salary over the prior three years plus two times the amount of the annual bonus last paid, or two times the average bonus paid over the prior three years, whichever is greater.
The provisions of the executive employment agreements are triggered by a “change of control,” which means a change “in the ownership or effective control” or “in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, as such terms are defined and used in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. The proposed merger with Heritage Financial Corporation will qualify as a change of control.

Termination Due to Disability or Upon Death. If the Company terminates Messrs. Bowen, Eng, Kuenzi, McDonald or Shields, on account of any mental or physical disability that prevents him from discharging his duties under his employment agreement, he is entitled to all base salary earned and reimbursement for expenses incurred through the termination date, plus a pro rata portion of any annual bonus for the year of termination. If Mr. Wagner is terminated for disability reasons prior to reaching age 72, the SCPs provide that he would be entitled to the remaining payments as scheduled from the Bank plus a lump sum payment of $125,000 from the Company.

In case of the death of Messrs. Bowen, Eng, Kuenzi, McDonald or Shields, the Company is obligated to pay to his surviving spouse, or if there is none, to his estate that portion of his base salary that would otherwise have been paid to him for the month in which his death occurred, and any amounts due him pursuant to any deferred compensation plan, and any other death, insurance, employee benefit plan or stock benefit plan provided to him by the Company. If Mr. Wagner dies while employed and receiving benefits under the SCP, his estate is entitled to receive the remaining payments as scheduled from the Bank and $25,000 per year for five years from the Company, in addition to any amounts due him pursuant to a deferred compensation plan, and any other death, insurance, employee benefit plan or stock benefit plan provided to him by the Company.


117


Table of Contents

The table below estimates amounts payable upon a separation as if the Named Executive separated from service on December 31, 2013, using the closing share price of WBCO common stock of $17.77 as of 12/31/13:
    Name
Before Change in Control Termination w/o Cause or
for Good Reason ($)
After Change in Control Termination ($)
Death   ($)
Disability   ($)
PEO John Wagner
762,646 (1)
996,097 (1)(2)
1,172,646   (3)
772,646  (4)
PFO Richard Shields
549,325 (5)
670,492 (5)(6)
550,000 (7)  
12,755 (8)
CEO Bryan McDonald
566,074 (9)
716,779 (9)(10)
450,000 (11)
13,885 (8)
CBO George Bowen
491,195 (12)
603,497 (12)(13)
400,000 (14)
 10,032 (8)
CCO Daniel Kuenzi
543,598 (9)
655,900 (9)(13)
400,000 (14)
11,633 (8)

(1)  
Includes: deferred compensation balance of $419,409; SCPs benefit of $308,333; and payout of accrued vacation.
(2)  
Includes the value of accelerated vesting of 13,167 shares of restricted stock.
(3)  
Includes: deferred compensation balance of $419,409; life insurance benefit of $260,000; BOLI survivor benefit of $150,000; Salary Continuation Plan benefit of $308,333; and accrued vacation payout.
(4)  
Includes: deferred compensation balance of $419,409; SCPs benefit of $308,333; payout of accrued vacation; and $10,000 reflecting the first payment of a monthly benefit paid to the individual by a fully-insured policy while the individual remains disabled but for a maximum of 12 months.
(5)  
Includes salary and non-equity incentive plan payouts; premiums for health and dental insurance for 18 months; payout of accrued vacation; and deferred compensation balance of $16,017.
(6)  
Includes the value of accelerated vesting of 6,834 shares of restricted stock.
(7)  
Includes life insurance benefit of $400,000 and BOLI survivor benefit of $150,000.
(8)  
Includes payout of accrued vacation, plus $10,000 reflecting the first payment of a monthly benefit paid to the individual by a fully-insured policy while the individual remains disabled up to age 65.
(9)  
Includes salary and non-equity incentive plan payouts; premiums for health and dental insurance for 18 months; and payout of accrued vacation.
(10)  
Includes the value of accelerated vesting of 8,500 shares of restricted stock.
(11)  
Includes life insurance benefit of $400,000 and BOLI survivor benefit of $50,000.
(12)  
Includes salary and non-equity incentive plan payouts; premiums for health and dental insurance for 18 months; payout of accrued vacation; and deferred compensation balance of $28,077.
(13)  
Includes the value of accelerated vesting of 6,334 shares of restricted stock.
(14)  
Life insurance benefit.

118


Table of Contents

Director Compensation
Name
Year
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)
Stock
Awards ($)
Option
Awards ($)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)
Changes in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)
All Other Compensation ($)
Total ($)
Rhoda Altom
2013
25,750
0 (1)
1,545 (6)
25,750
Mark Crawford (2)
2013
30,250
34,775 (3)
NA
65,025
Deborah Gavin
2013
29,000
0 (1)
NA
29,000
Jay Lien (4)
2013
30,500
34,775 (3)
NA
65,275
Gragg Miller (5)
2013
33,250
34,775 (3)
NA
68,025
Anthony Pickering (4)
2013
46,750
34,775 (3)
NA
81,525
Robert Severns (5)
2013
32,250
34,775 (3)
6,784 (6)
67,025
Edward Wallgren (7)
2013
9,000
34,775 (3)
16,340 (6)
60,115

(1)  
There were no stock awards granted to Directors Altom and Gavin during 2013; they joined the Board in February 2013.
(2)  
As of 12/31/13, the aggregate number of stock awards outstanding was 3,833; and zero stock options outstanding.
(3)  
The value as of the grant date of a Restricted Stock Unit award for 2,500 units granted January 24, 2013 based on the Nasdaq closing price of $13.91 on January 24, 2013. Scheduled to vest in one-third portions annually beginning on 1/24/14. All unvested RSUs vest upon a change of control event.
(4)  
As of 12/31/13, the aggregate number of stock awards outstanding was 4,500; the aggregate number of stock options outstanding was 2,925.
(5)  
As of 12/31/13, the aggregate number of stock awards outstanding was 4,500; and zero stock options outstanding.
(6)  
Reflects the participant’s net annual change in value for Comp Plan contributions.
(7)  
Wallgren retired from the Board as of May 2, 2013. Outstanding stock awards vested as of the retirement date. The aggregate number of stock awards outstanding as of 5/2/13 was 5,667; the aggregate number of stock options outstanding was 2,925.

During 2013, the Company’s non-officer, non-chairman directors received a monthly retainer of $1,250 plus $750 for each monthly board meeting attended, and $500 for each special board meeting attended. The Audit Committee Chairman, the Compensation Committee Chairman, the Corporate Governance/ Nominating Committee Chairman, and the named Audit Committee Financial Expert each received an additional $250 per month. Excluding the Chairman of the Board, non-officer directors received $500 for each committee meeting attended for which they were a member. The Chairman of the Board received a monthly retainer of $1,250 plus $1,250 for each monthly board meeting attended and an additional $1,250 per month, but did not receive committee meeting fees. Mr. Wagner is the only officer-director who served during 2013 and he is a director of both the Company and the Bank. Mr. McDonald was elected as an officer-director to the Bank board beginning January 1, 2012, but is not a director of the Company. The officer-directors do not receive fees for service as a director. While it is recommended that directors are also shareholders of WBCO stock, there is no requirement that a director must have an equity ownership position in the Company.

Since 1993, the Company has used shareholder-approved stock award plans that allow for stock options and awards to be granted to directors, as well as officers and key employees. On January 24, 2013, the six non-officer directors who were then serving terms were each granted a restricted stock unit award of 2,500 units (each unit represents one share) of WBCO stock and the value was reported as part of their compensation for 2013. As of February 28, 2014, stock awards representing 8,750 shares had been granted to directors in 2014.

119


Table of Contents


Compensation Committee Report. The Compensation Committee certifies that:

1.
It has reviewed with senior risk officers the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that these plans do not encourage SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company;
2.
It has reviewed with senior risk officers the employee compensation plans and has made all reasonable efforts to limit any unnecessary risks these plans pose to the Company; and
3.
It has reviewed the employee compensation plans to eliminate any features of these plans that would encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of any employee.

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K.

The Compensation Committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Respectfully submitted by:

Compensation Committee:

Robert T. Severns, Chairman
Mark D. Crawford
Deborah J. Gavin
Jay T. Lien
Anthony B. Pickering



120


Table of Contents

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial ownership of WBCO’s common stock by (a) each director as of February 28, 2014; (b) the Company’s executive officers as of February 28, 2014; (c) all directors and executive officers as a group as of February 28, 2014 and (d) all shareholders known by WBCO to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of WBCO common stock as of the date indicated in filings by such owners with the SEC. Except as noted below, WBCO believes that the beneficial owners of the shares listed below, based on information furnished by such owners, have sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The percentages shown are based on the number of shares of WBCO common stock deemed to be outstanding, under applicable regulations (including options exercisable and RSUs vesting within sixty days of February 28, 2014). WBCO has one outstanding class of securities - common stock.
 
Shares Beneficially Owned at
 
February 28, 2014
Name
Number
 
Percentage of Outstanding
Common Stock
John L. Wagner, Director, President and CEO
102,533

(1)  
*
Bryan McDonald, President and CEO/ Whidbey Island Bank
26,957

(2)  
*
Richard A. Shields, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
44,520

(3)  
*
George W. Bowen, Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer
3,239

 
*
Edward Eng, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
5,034

 
*
Daniel E. Kuenzi, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
8,331

(4)  
*
Rhoda L. Altom, Director
765

 
*
Mark D. Crawford, Director
2,167

 
*
Deborah J. Gavin, Director

 
*
Jay T. Lien, Director
74,320

(5)  
*
Gragg E. Miller, Director
17,969

 
*
Anthony B. Pickering, Director
61,102

(6)  
*
Robert T. Severns, Director
7,416

 
*
Directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)
354,353

(7)  
2.3%
Name and Address
 
 
 
Forest Hill Capital, LLC / Mark Lee
100 Morgan Keegan Dr, Suite 430
Little Rock, AR 72202
1,483,406

(8)  
9.5%
Wellington Management Company, LLP
280 Congress St
Boston, MA 02210
1,045,298

(8)  
6.7%

*    Represents less than 1.0%
(1)  
Includes 15,123 shares issuable upon exercise of options: 12,000 are exercisable at $9.11 per share, 496 are exercisable at $14.60 per share, and 2,627 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(2)  
Includes 6,194 shares issuable upon exercise of options: 5,000 are exercisable at $9.11 per share, and 1,194 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(3)  
Includes 17,623 shares issuable upon exercise of options: 14,500 are exercisable at $9.11 per share, 496 are exercisable at $14.60 per share and 2,627 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(4)  
Includes 3,717 shares issuable upon exercise of options: 2,000 are exercisable at $9.11 per share, 1,000 are exercisable at $15.77 per share and 717 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(5)  
Includes 2,925 shares issuable upon exercise of options, and 700 shares owned by Dan Garrison, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, for which Mr. Lien is the Trustee. Of the 2,925 option shares, 1,162 are exercisable at $14.60 per share and 1,763 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(6)  
Includes 2,925 shares issuable upon exercise of options: 1,162 are exercisable at $14.60 per share and 1,763 are exercisable at $15.98 per share.
(7)  
Includes 48,507 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table at exercise prices ranging from $9.11 to $15.98 per share.
(8)  
Based on information set forth in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.
The " Equity Compensation Plan Information” table is included in Item 5 above.

121


Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Related Party Transactions. During 2013, certain directors and executive officers of WBCO and the Bank, and their associates, were customers of the Bank, and it is anticipated that such individuals will be customers of the Bank in the future. Insider “related interests” are disclosed through annual questionnaires and reported in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, and banking regulations. Pursuant to written Company policies and procedures, insider transactions are promptly and fully disclosed to the Board by senior management in conjunction with the Bank’s compliance department. There is a formal review and approval process for loans extended by the Bank to related persons. WBCO does not extend credit to any officers or directors. However, many of our directors and officers, their immediate family members and affiliated businesses, borrow from and have deposits with the Bank. All transactions, including loans, between the Bank and its officers and directors, and their associates, were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unrelated persons. The aggregate outstanding amount of loans to directors and officers and their related parties was approximately $1.9 million on December 31, 2013, which represented approximately 1.04% of our consolidated shareholders’ equity at that date. Loans by the Bank to directors and designated executive officers are governed by Regulation O, 12 CFR Part 215. All of our Named Executives are designated as executive officers of the Bank under Regulation O.
Director Independence. The Board has determined that all non-management directors of the Company are “independent” as that term is defined in The Nasdaq Global Select Market listing requirements. In determining independence of directors, the Board considered the responses to annual Director & Officer Questionnaires that indicated no “related party transactions” as that is defined between the directors and the Company or the Bank other than routine banking transactions with Bank. The Board also considered the lack of any other reported transactions or arrangements; directors are required to report conflicts of interest and transactions pursuant to our Code of Conduct. The Company’s non-management directors meet in executive session, without management present, on a regular basis.


122


Table of Contents

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The firm of Moss Adams LLP (“Moss Adams”) was engaged by WBCO as its independent accountants for the year ended December 31, 2013. WBCO has selected the firm of Moss Adams as its independent accountants for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Fees Billed By Moss Adams During 2013

Audit and Non-audit Fees . The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by Moss Adams for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for 2013 and 2012, and fees billed for other services rendered by Moss Adams.

 
 
2013
 
2012
Audit fees  (1)
 
$
307,000

 
$
314,000

Audit related fees (2)
 
45,000

 
31,000

Tax fees
 

 

All other fees
 

 

 
 
$
352,000

 
$
345,000


(1) Includes fees for audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements; reviews of the Company’s quarterly consolidated financial statements; and audit of internal controls over financial reporting.

(2) Includes fees for audit of the Company’s 401(k) plan, HUD audit and miscellaneous accounting items.
The Company’s Audit Committee charter contains the Company’s policy on pre-approval of all non-audit services permitted under Commission rules that may be provided to the Company by the independent auditors. The Company requires that all non-audit services rendered to the Company by Moss Adams be approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee pre-approves, on a quarterly basis, the provision of certain permissible tax services and services related to compliance with the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 up to a designated dollar amount per quarter. All other proposals for non-audit services are submitted to the Audit Committee for prior approval. In all cases, the Audit Committee considers whether the provision of such services would impair the independence of the Company’s auditors.


123


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules


(a)
(1) Financial Statements: The financial statements and related documents listed in the index set forth in Item 8 of this report are filed as part of this report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules: All other schedules to the consolidated financial statements are omitted because they are not applicable or not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes in Item 8 of this report.

(3) Exhibits: The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index of Exhibits to this annual report, which immediately follows the signature page.


124


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 14 th of March, 2014.

WASHINGTON BANKING COMPANY
(Registrant)

By    /s/ John L. Wagner

John L. Wagner
President and
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated, on the 14 th of March, 2014.

Principal Executive Officer:

By    /s/ John L. Wagner

John L. Wagner
President and
Chief Executive Officer


Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

By    /s/ Richard A. Shields

Richard A. Shields
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

John L. Wagner, pursuant to a power of attorney which is being filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has signed this report on March 14, 2014, as a director and as attorney-in-fact for the following directors who constitute a majority of the board of directors.

Rhoda L. Altom
Mark D. Crawford
Deborah J. Gavin
Jay T. Lien
Gragg E. Miller
Anthony B. Pickering
Robert T. Severns


By    /s/ John L. Wagner

John L. Wagner
Director and Attorney-in-fact
March 14, 2014


125


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
2.1

 
 
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement (including shared loss agreements) with FDIC dated September 24, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed September 28, 2010)
2.2

 
 
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement (including shared loss agreements) with FDIC dated April 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Form 8-K filed April 21, 2010)
2.3

 
 
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 23, 2013, by and between the Company and Heritage Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed October 25, 2013) (the schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K)
3.1

 
 
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2011)
3.2

 
 
 
Bylaws of the Company (1)
4.1

 
 
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate (1)
4.2

 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt are not filed.  The Company agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
10.1

 
*
 
1998 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Award Plan (2)
10.2

 
*
 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan (3)
10.3

 
*
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and John L. Wagner (4)
10.4

 
*
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard A. Shields (4)
10.5

 
*
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and George Bowen, Edward Eng, and Daniel Kuenzi   (5)
10.6

 
*
 
Executive Change of Control Agreement with Bryan McDonald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2010)
10.7

 
*
 
Form of Amendment (409A) to Executive Change in Control and Executive Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers effective December 31, 2010 (6)
10.8

 
*
 
Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and John. L. Wagner dated effective December 30, 2010 (6)
10.9

 
*
 
Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and John. L. Wagner dated effective December 30, 2010 (6)
10.10

 
*
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement with John L. Wagner (6)
10.11

 
*
 
Form of Amendment to Employment Agreements (with Messrs. Shields and Kuenzi) dated December 20, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed December 27, 2013)
10.12

 
 
 
Form of Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2013, by and between directors and executive officers of the Company and Heritage Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed October 25, 2013)
12.1

 
 
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
21

 
 
 
Subsidiaries of Company
23.1

 
 
 
Consent of Moss Adams LLP
24

 
 
 
Powers of Attorney
31.1

 
 
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(a) and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2

 
 
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(a) and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1

 
 
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
32.2

 
 
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101.INSXBRL Instance Document **
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document **
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document **
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document **
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document **
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document **
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

126


Table of Contents

** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
(1  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's registration statement Form SB-2 (File No. 333-49925), filed April 10, 1998
(2  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed August 20, 1998
(3  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's registration statement Form S-8 (File No. 333-129647), filed November 10, 2005
(4  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 12, 2005
(5  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 5, 2012
(6  
)  
 
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 16, 2011




127